You are on page 1of 292

You'll be entered into a quarterly drawing for free Cisco Press books by returning this survey!

Cisco is dedicated to customer satisfaction and would like to hear your thoughts on these printed manuals. Please visit the Cisco Product Comments on-line survey at www.cisco.com/go/crc to submit your comments about accessing Cisco technical manuals. Thank you for your time.

General Information
1 2 3 4 5 Years of networking experience: I have these network types: Other: I have these Cisco products: Other (specify models): I perform these types of tasks: Network management I use these types of documentation: Command reference Other: 6 7 8 I access this information through: % Other: I prefer this access method: Other: I use the following three product features the most: Cisco.com CD-ROM Printed manuals % Cisco.com % CD-ROM % Printed manuals H/W installation and/or maintenance Other: H/W installation Quick reference H/W configuration Release notes S/W configuration Online help S/W configuration Switches Routers LAN Years of experience with Cisco products: Backbone WAN

Document Information
Document Title: Part Number:

Cisco 12404 Router Installation and Configuration Guide


OL-11636-01 S/W Release (if applicable): The information is accurate. The information I wanted was easy to find. The information I found was useful to my job.

On a scale of 15 (5 being the best), please let us know how we rate in the following areas: The document is complete. The information is well organized. The document is written at my technical level of understanding. Please comment on our lowest scores:

Mailing Information
Organization Contact Name Mailing Address City Country E-mail May we contact you further concerning our documentation? State/Province Phone ( Fax ( Yes ) ) No Zip/Postal Code Extension Date

You can also send us your comments by e-mail to bug-doc@cisco.com, or by fax to 408-527-8089.
When mailing this card from outside of the United States, please enclose in an envelope addressed to the location on the back of this card with the required postage or fax to 1-408-527-8089.

NO POSTAGE NECESSARY IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES

BUSINESS REPLY MAIL


FIRST-CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO. 4631 SAN JOSE CA POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE

DOCUMENT RESOURCE CONNECTION CISCO SYSTEMS INC 170 WEST TASMAN DR SAN JOSE CA 95134-9916

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

Corporate Headquarters Cisco Systems, Inc. 170 West Tasman Drive San Jose, CA 95134-1706 USA http://www.cisco.com Tel: 408 526-4000 800 553-NETS (6387) Fax: 408 526-4100
Text Part Number: OL-11636-01

THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS. THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR CISCO REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY. The following information is for FCC compliance of Class A devices: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio-frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case users will be required to correct the interference at their own expense. The following information is for FCC compliance of Class B devices: The equipment described in this manual generates and may radiate radio-frequency energy. If it is not installed in accordance with Ciscos installation instructions, it may cause interference with radio and television reception. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device in accordance with the specifications in part 15 of the FCC rules. These specifications are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference in a residential installation. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. Modifying the equipment without Ciscos written authorization may result in the equipment no longer complying with FCC requirements for Class A or Class B digital devices. In that event, your right to use the equipment may be limited by FCC regulations, and you may be required to correct any interference to radio or television communications at your own expense. You can determine whether your equipment is causing interference by turning it off. If the interference stops, it was probably caused by the Cisco equipment or one of its peripheral devices. If the equipment causes interference to radio or television reception, try to correct the interference by using one or more of the following measures: Turn the television or radio antenna until the interference stops. Move the equipment to one side or the other of the television or radio. Move the equipment farther away from the television or radio. Plug the equipment into an outlet that is on a different circuit from the television or radio. (That is, make certain the equipment and the television or radio are on circuits controlled by different circuit breakers or fuses.) Modifications to this product not authorized by Cisco Systems, Inc. could void the FCC approval and negate your authority to operate the product. The Cisco implementation of TCP header compression is an adaptation of a program developed by the University of California, Berkeley (UCB) as part of UCBs public domain version of the UNIX operating system. All rights reserved. Copyright 1981, Regents of the University of California. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER WARRANTY HEREIN, ALL DOCUMENT FILES AND SOFTWARE OF THESE SUPPLIERS ARE PROVIDED AS IS WITH ALL FAULTS. CISCO AND THE ABOVE-NAMED SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE. IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL, EVEN IF CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

CCVP, the Cisco logo, and Welcome to the Human Network are trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.; Changing the Way We Work, Live, Play, and Learn is a service mark of Cisco Systems, Inc.; and Access Registrar, Aironet, Catalyst, CCDA, CCDP, CCIE, CCIP, CCNA, CCNP, CCSP, Cisco, the Cisco Certified Internetwork Expert logo, Cisco IOS, Cisco Press, Cisco Systems, Cisco Systems Capital, the Cisco Systems logo, Cisco Unity, Enterprise/Solver, EtherChannel, EtherFast, EtherSwitch, Fast Step, Follow Me Browsing, FormShare, GigaDrive, HomeLink, Internet Quotient, IOS, iPhone, IP/TV, iQ Expertise, the iQ logo, iQ Net Readiness Scorecard, iQuick Study, LightStream, Linksys, MeetingPlace, MGX, Networkers, Networking Academy, Network Registrar, PIX, ProConnect, ScriptShare, SMARTnet, StackWise, The Fastest Way to Increase Your Internet Quotient, and TransPath are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries. All other trademarks mentioned in this document or Website are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (0711R)

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide Copyright 20002006, Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

CONTENTS

How to Use This Guide xiii Audience xiii Purpose xiii Organization xiv Conventions xv Obtaining Documentation xv Cisco.com xvi Product Documentation DVD xvi Ordering Documentation xvii Documentation Feedback xvii Cisco Product Security Overview xviii Reporting Security Problems in Cisco Products xviii Obtaining Technical Assistance xix Cisco Technical Support and Documentation Website xix Submitting a Service Request xx Definitions of Service Request Severity xxi Obtaining Additional Publications and Information xxi
1

CHAPTER

Product Overview 1-1 Introduction 1-1 Product Description 1-2 Features 1-2 Physical and Functional Overview 1-5 Components 1-5
Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

OL-11636-01

Contents

Route Processor 1-6 Gigabit Route Processor 1-7 Performance Route Processor 1-13 Line Cards 1-19 Consolidated Switch Fabric Card 1-22 Alarm Functionality 1-22 Power Entry Modules 1-25 Power Distribution 1-27 Fan Tray 1-27 Air Filter 1-29 Cable-Management System 1-30 Maintenance Bus 1-31 Power-On/Off Control 1-32 Power Distribution Unit 1-34
2

CHAPTER

Preparing for Installation 2-1 Tools and Equipment 2-2 EMC, Safety, and Regulatory Compliance 2-2 General Safety Guidelines 2-3 Warnings and Cautions 2-5 Electromagnetic Compatibility Tables 2-6 Network Equipment Building SystemsNEBS 2-8 Electromagnetic Compatibility Statements 2-8 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage 2-12 ESD-Preventive Strap 2-13 Lasers 2-13 Lifting Guidelines 2-13 Safety with Electricity 2-15 Electrical Equipment 2-16
Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

vi

OL-11636-01

Contents

Installation Site Requirements 2-17 Rack-Mounting and Ventilation Guidelines 2-17 Environmental Guidelines 2-20 Unpacking the Cisco 12404 Internet Router 2-26 Verifying Contents 2-27 Unpacking the Router 2-27 Repackaging the Cisco 12404 Internet Router 2-28 Tools and Equipment 2-28 Repacking the Router 2-28 Transporting a Cisco 12000 Series Internet Router 2-30 Site Preparation Checklist 2-31 Installation Progress 2-31 Upgrades, Removals, and Replacement Procedures 2-31
3

CHAPTER

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router 3-1 Installing a Cisco 12404 Internet Router 3-2 Rack-Mounting Bracket Installation 3-3 Installing the Chassis in a Rack 3-6 Center-Mount Brackets 3-6 Installing the Chassis on a Tabletop or Flat Surface 3-9 Supplemental Unit Bonding and Grounding Guidelines 3-9 Connecting RP and Line Card Cables 3-11 Connecting to the Console Port and Auxiliary Ports 3-13 GRP Console and Auxiliary Ports 3-13 PRP Console and Auxiliary Ports 3-16 Installing a Flash Memory Card 3-19 Connecting the GRP to an Ethernet Network 3-21 Connecting the PRP to an Ethernet Network 3-24 Connecting to an AC Power Source 3-28

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

vii

Contents

Powering On the Router 3-31 Connecting the Router to a DC Power Source 3-33 Connecting a DC PDU and DC PEM Assembly 3-34 Powering On the Router 3-36 Cisco IOS Software Configuration for the Cisco 12404 Internet Router 3-39 Cisco IOS Software Images 3-40 Conditions to Check before System Startup 3-40 Boot Process Overview 3-41 Starting the Router and Observing Initial Conditions 3-42 Manually Booting the System 3-49 Locating a Valid Cisco IOS Software Image 3-50 Booting from the Cisco IOS Software Image 3-51 Configuring the Router 3-52 Before You Begin 3-52 setup Command 3-52 Global Configuration Mode 3-53 Cisco IOS User Interface 3-53 Configuration Changes 3-56 setup Command Interactive Script Example 3-57 Configuring Global Parameters 3-60 Configuring Network Interfaces 3-62 Checking the Software Version 3-65 Running Configuration Settings 3-66 Saving the Running Configuration Settings to NVRAM 3-67 Reviewing the Running Configuration Settings 3-68 Using Flash Memory Cards in the RP 3-70 Installing the Flash Memory Card in a RP 3-71 Removing the Flash Memory Card from a RP 3-71 Formatting a Flash Memory Card 3-72
Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

viii

OL-11636-01

Contents

Specify a Boot Image 3-73 Flash Memory Console Commands 3-74 Booting from Flash Memory 3-76 Copying Files 3-77 Copying a Cisco IOS Software Image 3-79 Copying Cisco IOS Software Images 3-80 Copying Files Between RP Memory and Flash Memory Card 3-82 Copying Configuration Files from RP NVRAM to a Flash Memory Card 3-83 Copying a Configuration File from RP DRAM to a Flash Memory Card 3-85 Copying a Configuration File from a Flash Memory Card to RP NVRAM 3-86 Locked Blocks in Flash Memory Cards 3-87 Cisco IOS Software Configuration Information and Support 3-87
4

CHAPTER

Troubleshooting the Installation 4-1 Overview 4-1 Performing Other Configuration Tasks 4-1 Configuring the Software Configuration Register 4-2 Boot Field Settings 4-4 Configuration Register Settings 4-6 Recovering a Lost Password 4-11 Problem-Solving with Subsystems 4-14 AC Power Entry Module 4-15 DC-DC Power Converters 4-15 Cooling System 4-15 Processor Subsystem 4-15 Identifying Startup Problems 4-16 Troubleshooting the Power Subsystem 4-18 Troubleshooting the AC Power Subsystem 4-18 Troubleshooting the DC Power Subsystem 4-20
Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

OL-11636-01

ix

Contents

Troubleshooting the Processor Subsystem 4-21 Troubleshooting the Route Processor 4-22 Troubleshooting the Line Cards 4-24 Troubleshooting the Cooling Subsystem 4-26
5

CHAPTER

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router 5-1 Overview 5-1 Tools and Equipment 5-3 Powering Off an AC Powered Router 5-3 Powering Off a DC Powered Router 5-5 Removing and Replacing an AC Power Entry Module 5-6 Troubleshooting an AC PEM Installation 5-9 Removing and Replacing a DC Power Entry Module 5-10 Troubleshooting the DC PEM Installation 5-13 Removing and Replacing a DC PDU 5-15 Troubleshooting the DC PDU Installation 5-20 Cleaning and Replacing the Air Filter 5-22 Removing the Air Filter 5-23 Installing the Air Filter 5-25 Removing and Replacing the Fan Tray Assembly 5-25 Troubleshooting the Fan Tray Assembly Installation 5-28 Removing and Replacing an RP or Line Card 5-28 Removing an RP or Line Card 5-29 Installing a Route Processor or Line Card 5-31 Attaching an RP and Line Card Cable Management Bracket 5-32 Connecting RP and Line Card Cables 5-33 Removing and Replacing a Consolidated Switch Fabric Card 5-36 Removing a Consolidated Switch Fabric Card 5-36 Installing a Consolidated Switch Fabric Card 5-38
Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

OL-11636-01

Contents

Removing and Replacing the Chassis 5-39 Before You Begin 5-39 Preparing the Replacement Chassis 5-40 Preparing the Defective Chassis 5-40 Transferring System Components 5-42 Transferring the Fan Tray 5-42 Transferring the Power Entry Modules 5-42 Reinstalling the Power Entry Modules 5-43 Transferring RP and Line Cards 5-43 Transferring the Consolidated Switch Fabric Card 5-44 Removing the Chassis from the Equipment Rack 5-45 Detaching the Supplemental Bonding and Grounding Connection 5-45 Removing the Chassis from the Equipment Rack 5-45 Removing the Chassis from Center-Mount Brackets 5-46 Installing the Replacement Chassis 5-47 Installing the Chassis on a Tabletop or Flat Surface 5-47 Reattaching the Supplemental Bonding and Grounding Connection 5-47 Reconnecting Power to the Router 5-48 Reconnecting Line Card Network Interface Cables 5-48 Reconnecting the Route Processor Cables 5-49 Reconnecting the Fan Tray 5-49 Installing a DC Power Distribution Unit 5-49 Restarting the Cisco 12404 Internet Router 5-49 Upgrading the RP and Line Card Memory 5-50
A

APPENDIX

Technical Specifications A-1 Overview A-1 Product Architecture A-2 Specifications A-3

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

xi

Contents

AC-Powered Routers A-5 Route Processor A-6 Line Cards A-19 CSF Functionality A-21 Power Entry Modules A-22 Fan Tray Assembly A-25 Air Filter A-27 Chassis Cable-Management System A-28 Maintenance Bus A-28 Power-On/Off Control A-29 Repackaging the Cisco 12404 Internet Router A-30
INDEX

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

xii

OL-11636-01

How to Use This Guide


Audience
The target audience for the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide user documentation are the people who will install and configure a Cisco 12404 router. The user typically has a substantial background in installing and configuring router- and switch-based Internets but may or may not have experience with Cisco products and Cisco-supported protocols. The reader of this documentation should be familiar with electronic circuitry and wiring practices and have experience as an electronic or electromechanical technician.

Purpose
This installation and configuration guide explains the hardware installation and basic configuration procedures for a Cisco 12404 router. It contains procedures for installing the hardware, creating a basic configuration file, and starting up the router.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

xiii

How to Use This Guide Organization

Organization
The Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide has the following chapters and appendix; the paper version of this document may contain an index.

How to Use This GuideProvides you with audience definition, purpose, and organization; conventions, how to obtain documentation and technical assistance. Chapter 1. Product OverviewContains a high-level system overview and physical description of the major components of a Cisco 12404 router including the power and cooling systems, the power requirements, the Route Processor (RP) and the consolidated switch fabric (CSF) card which contains the clock and scheduler, alarm and switch fabric functions. Chapter 2. Preparing for InstallationContains safety, site requirements for power, environmental safety, cabling, rack-mounting, electrostatic discharge (ESD), the site log, and site preparation checklist. Chapter 3. Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet RouterContains procedures for verifying the Cisco 12404 Internet router installation, grounding, cable connection, AC-and DC-power source and powering-up the router. Chapter 4. Troubleshooting the InstallationContains procedures for identifying and solving problems that may occur during installation. Chapter 5. Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet RouterContains safety at the field replaceable unit (FRU) level, removal and replacement procedures for field-replaceable units, FRU assemblies, and associated procedures to troubleshoot and verify each FRU. Appendix A. Technical SpecificationsContains Cisco 12404 router specifications. IndexContains a keyword and subject index of pertinent terms and information.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

xiv

OL-11636-01

How to Use This Guide Conventions

Conventions
Command descriptions use these conventions:

Examples that contain system prompts denote interactive sessions, indicating the commands that you should enter at the prompt. The system prompt indicates the current level of the EXEC command interpreter. For example, the prompt router> indicates that you should be at the user level, and the prompt router# indicates that you should be at the privileged level. Access to the privileged level usually requires a password. Commands and keywords are in bold font. Arguments for which you supply values are in italic font. Elements in square brackets ([ ]) are optional. Alternative but required keywords are grouped in braces ({ }) and separated by vertical bars (|). Terminal sessions and sample console screen displays are in screen font. Information you enter is in bold screen font. Nonprinting characters, such as passwords, are in angle brackets (< >). Default responses to system prompts are in square brackets ([ ]). Exclamation points (!) at the beginning of a line indicate a comment line.

Examples use these conventions:


Obtaining Documentation
Cisco documentation and additional literature are available on Cisco.com. Cisco also provides several ways to obtain technical assistance and other technical resources. These sections explain how to obtain technical information from Cisco Systems.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

xv

How to Use This Guide Obtaining Documentation

Cisco.com
You can access the most current Cisco documentation at this URL: http://www.cisco.com/techsupport You can access the Cisco website at this URL: http://www.cisco.com You can access international Cisco websites at this URL: http://www.cisco.com/public/countries_languages.shtml

Product Documentation DVD


Cisco documentation and additional literature are available in the Product Documentation DVD package, which may have shipped with your product. The Product Documentation DVD is updated regularly and may be more current than printed documentation. The Product Documentation DVD is a comprehensive library of technical product documentation on portable media. The DVD enables you to access multiple versions of hardware and software installation, configuration, and command guides for Cisco products and to view technical documentation in HTML. With the DVD, you have access to the same documentation that is found on the Cisco website without being connected to the Internet. Certain products also have .pdf versions of the documentation available. The Product Documentation DVD is available as a single unit or as a subscription. Registered Cisco.com users (Cisco direct customers) can order a Product Documentation DVD (product number DOC-DOCDVD=) from the Ordering tool or Cisco Marketplace. Cisco Ordering tool: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/ordering/ Cisco Marketplace: http://www.cisco.com/go/marketplace/

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

xvi

OL-11636-01

How to Use This Guide Documentation Feedback

Ordering Documentation
Beginning June 30, 2005, registered Cisco.com users may order Cisco documentation at the Product Documentation Store in the Cisco Marketplace at this URL: http://www.cisco.com/go/marketplace/ Cisco will continue to support documentation orders using the Ordering tool:

Registered Cisco.com users (Cisco direct customers) can order documentation from the Ordering tool: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/ordering/ Instructions for ordering documentation using the Ordering tool are at this URL: http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/es_inpck/pdi.htm Nonregistered Cisco.com users can order documentation through a local account representative by calling Cisco Systems Corporate Headquarters (California, USA) at 408 526-7208 or, elsewhere in North America, by calling 1 800 553-NETS (6387).

Documentation Feedback
You can rate and provide feedback about Cisco technical documents by completing the online feedback form that appears with the technical documents on Cisco.com. You can send comments about Cisco documentation to bug-doc@cisco.com. You can submit comments by using the response card (if present) behind the front cover of your document or by writing to the following address: Cisco Systems Attn: Customer Document Ordering 170 West Tasman Drive San Jose, CA 95134-9883 We appreciate your comments.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

xvii

How to Use This Guide Cisco Product Security Overview

Cisco Product Security Overview


Cisco provides a free online Security Vulnerability Policy portal at this URL: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/products_security_vulnerability_policy.ht ml From this site, you can perform these tasks:

Report security vulnerabilities in Cisco products. Obtain assistance with security incidents that involve Cisco products. Register to receive security information from Cisco.

A current list of security advisories and notices for Cisco products is available at this URL: http://www.cisco.com/go/psirt If you prefer to see advisories and notices as they are updated in real time, you can access a Product Security Incident Response Team Really Simple Syndication (PSIRT RSS) feed from this URL: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/products_psirt_rss_feed.html

Reporting Security Problems in Cisco Products


Cisco is committed to delivering secure products. We test our products internally before we release them, and we strive to correct all vulnerabilities quickly. If you think that you might have identified a vulnerability in a Cisco product, contact PSIRT:

Emergencies security-alert@cisco.com An emergency is either a condition in which a system is under active attack or a condition for which a severe and urgent security vulnerability should be reported. All other conditions are considered nonemergencies.

Nonemergencies psirt@cisco.com 1 877 228-7302 1 408 525-6532

In an emergency, you can also reach PSIRT by telephone:


Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

xviii

OL-11636-01

How to Use This Guide Obtaining Technical Assistance

Tip

We encourage you to use Pretty Good Privacy (PGP) or a compatible product to encrypt any sensitive information that you send to Cisco. PSIRT can work from encrypted information that is compatible with PGP versions 2.x through 8.x. Never use a revoked or an expired encryption key. The correct public key to use in your correspondence with PSIRT is the one linked in the Contact Summary section of the Security Vulnerability Policy page at this URL: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/products_security_vulnerability_policy.ht ml The link on this page has the current PGP key ID in use.

Obtaining Technical Assistance


Cisco Technical Support provides 24-hour-a-day award-winning technical assistance. The Cisco Technical Support & Documentation website on Cisco.com features extensive online support resources. In addition, if you have a valid Cisco service contract, Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC) engineers provide telephone support. If you do not have a valid Cisco service contract, contact your reseller.

Cisco Technical Support and Documentation Website


The Cisco Technical Support and Documentation website provides online documents and tools for troubleshooting and resolving technical issues with Cisco products and technologies. The website is available 24 hours a day, at this URL: http://www.cisco.com/techsupport Access to all tools on the Cisco Technical Support & Documentation website requires a Cisco.com user ID and password. If you have a valid service contract but do not have a user ID or password, you can register at this URL: http://tools.cisco.com/RPF/register/register.do

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

xix

How to Use This Guide Obtaining Technical Assistance

Note

Use the Cisco Product Identification (CPI) tool to locate your product serial number before submitting a web or phone request for service. You can access the CPI tool from the Cisco Technical Support & Documentation website by clicking the Tools & Resources link under Documentation & Tools. Choose Cisco Product Identification Tool from the Alphabetical Index drop-down list, or click the Cisco Product Identification Tool link under Alerts & RMAs. The CPI tool offers three search options: by product ID or model name; by tree view; or for certain products, by copying and pasting show command output. Search results show an illustration of your product with the serial number label location highlighted. Locate the serial number label on your product and record the information before placing a service call.

Submitting a Service Request


Using the online TAC Service Request Tool is the fastest way to open S3 and S4 service requests. (S3 and S4 service requests are those in which your network is minimally impaired or for which you require product information.) After you describe your situation, the TAC Service Request Tool provides recommended solutions. If your issue is not resolved using the recommended resources, your service request is assigned to a Cisco engineer. The TAC Service Request Tool is located at this URL: http://www.cisco.com/techsupport/servicerequest For S1 or S2 service requests or if you do not have Internet access, contact the Cisco TAC by telephone. (S1 or S2 service requests are those in which your production network is down or severely degraded.) Cisco engineers are assigned immediately to S1 and S2 service requests to help keep your business operations running smoothly. To open a service request by telephone, use one of the following numbers: Asia-Pacific: +61 2 8446 7411 (Australia: 1 800 805 227) EMEA: +32 2 704 55 55 USA: 1 800 553-2447 For a complete list of Cisco TAC contacts, go to this URL: http://www.cisco.com/techsupport/contacts

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

xx

OL-11636-01

How to Use This Guide Obtaining Additional Publications and Information

Definitions of Service Request Severity


To ensure that all service requests are reported in a standard format, Cisco has established severity definitions. Severity 1 (S1)Your network is down, or there is a critical impact to your business operations. You and Cisco will commit all necessary resources around the clock to resolve the situation. Severity 2 (S2)Operation of an existing network is severely degraded, or significant aspects of your business operation are negatively affected by inadequate performance of Cisco products. You and Cisco will commit full-time resources during normal business hours to resolve the situation. Severity 3 (S3)Operational performance of your network is impaired, but most business operations remain functional. You and Cisco will commit resources during normal business hours to restore service to satisfactory levels. Severity 4 (S4)You require information or assistance with Cisco product capabilities, installation, or configuration. There is little or no effect on your business operations.

Obtaining Additional Publications and Information


Information about Cisco products, technologies, and network solutions is available from various online and printed sources.

Cisco Marketplace provides a variety of Cisco books, reference guides, documentation, and logo merchandise. Visit Cisco Marketplace, the company store, at this URL: http://www.cisco.com/go/marketplace/ Cisco Press publishes a wide range of general networking, training and certification titles. Both new and experienced users will benefit from these publications. For current Cisco Press titles and other information, go to Cisco Press at this URL: http://www.ciscopress.com Packet magazine is the Cisco Systems technical user magazine for maximizing Internet and networking investments. Each quarter, Packet delivers coverage of the latest industry trends, technology breakthroughs, and

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

xxi

How to Use This Guide Obtaining Additional Publications and Information

Cisco products and solutions, as well as network deployment and troubleshooting tips, configuration examples, customer case studies, certification and training information, and links to scores of in-depth online resources. You can access Packet magazine at this URL: http://www.cisco.com/packet

iQ Magazine is the quarterly publication from Cisco Systems designed to help growing companies learn how they can use technology to increase revenue, streamline their business, and expand services. The publication identifies the challenges facing these companies and the technologies to help solve them, using real-world case studies and business strategies to help readers make sound technology investment decisions. You can access iQ Magazine at this URL: http://www.cisco.com/go/iqmagazine or view the digital edition at this URL: http://ciscoiq.texterity.com/ciscoiq/sample/ Internet Protocol Journal is a quarterly journal published by Cisco Systems for engineering professionals involved in designing, developing, and operating public and private internets and intranets. You can access the Internet Protocol Journal at this URL: http://www.cisco.com/ipj Networking products offered by Cisco Systems, as well as customer support services, can be obtained at this URL: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/index.html Networking Professionals Connection is an interactive website for networking professionals to share questions, suggestions, and information about networking products and technologies with Cisco experts and other networking professionals. Join a discussion at this URL: http://www.cisco.com/discuss/networking World-class networking training is available from Cisco. You can view current offerings at this URL: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/learning/index.html

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

xxii

OL-11636-01

C H A P T E R

Product Overview
The heart of the Cisco 12404 Internet Router is the consolidated switch fabric (CSF) card circuity, which provides synchronized interconnections for the line cards and the route processor (RP). The CSF card also contains alarm functions to alert you to conditions in the router through LEDs. This Cisco 12404 Internet router overview is presented in the following sections.

Introduction
The 12404 series routers described in this guide are:

The original Cisco 12404 Internet router. The enhanced Cisco 12404 Internet router. The enhanced router includes a new backplane to allow the BITS feature. The PRP-2 and enhanced CSF card are required for complete BITS functionality. This chassis also contains several cosmetic changes including a new front door.

Note

Most illustrations are shown without the new front door for clarity.

Unless otherwise noted, all information in this publication applies to original and enhanced series routers.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

1-1

Chapter 1 Product Description

Product Overview

Product Description

Features, page 1-3 Physical and Functional Overview, page 1-5 Route Processors, page 1-6 Line Cards, page 1-20 Power Entry Modules, page 1-25 Fan Tray, page 1-27 Air Filter, page 1-29 Cable-Management System, page 1-30 Maintenance Bus, page 1-31 Power Distribution Unit, page 1-34

The Cisco 12404 Internet router scales the Internet and enterprise backbones to speeds of OC-3/STM-1 (155 Mbps), OC-12/STM-4 (622 Mbps), OC-48/STM-16 (2.4 Gbps), and OC-192/STM (10 Gbps). The Cisco 12404 Internet router has one fabric alarm, RP, and line card cage. The RP and line card cage has four user-configurable slots that support a combination of three line cards and one RP or two RPs and two line cards. Network interfaces reside on the line cards that provide connection between the routers CSF and the external networks. The bottom slot labelled FABRIC ALARM in the RP and line card cage is a dedicated slot for the card containing the switch fabric, alarm, and clock scheduler functions.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

1-2

OL-11636-01

Chapter 1

Product Overview Features

Features
The Cisco 12404 Internet router has the following features (Table 1-1).
Table 1-1 Cisco 12404 Internet Router Key Features

Feature Line cards

Description Four (4) hot-swappable card slots. Up to three OC-192 line cards, two if redundant RPs are installed. Switch fabric, alarm, and clock schedule functions are located on one board. The CSF card has a switching capacity of 40 Gbps. A redundant RP can go in any line card slot. A 1-piece unit; customized and hot-swappable. Two pieces that can be removed as one unit or in separate pieces.
Note

Consolidated switch fabric card Route processor AC power entry module (PEM) DC power entry module (PEM) and DC power distribution unit (PDU)

When operating the router, both power module bays must have DC PEMs and DC PDUs installed to ensure EMI compliance.

Line cards, RP, and fabric card Power systems, fan tray, and filter AC source or DC source power connections

Removable from the front of the chassis. Removable from the rear of the chassis. Located at the rear of the chassis on the AC PEM or the DC PDU.

Network Equipment Building The Cisco 12404 Internet router is designed to Systems comply with the Network Equipment Building System (NEBS) Criteria Level 3 requirements defined in SR-3580 for flammability, structural, and electronics compliance.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

1-3

Chapter 1 Features

Product Overview

Table 1-1

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Key Features (continued)

Feature Electromagnetic Compatibility and Electrostatic Discharge Compliant Bonding and Grounding

Description The router is designed to comply with Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Emissions, Immunity, and Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) for both the product and packaging. The router complies with bonding and grounding for safety, circuit protection, noise currents, reliability, and operations compliance standards. The router monitors operating temperature and humidity, handling temperature, and humidity (exception - heat dissipation). The router is shock and vibration tested for operating ranges, handling, and earthquake standards to NEBS (Zone 4 per GR-63-Core) in earthquake environment and criteria, office vibration and criteria, transportation vibration and criteria, and packaged equipment shock criteria. The Cisco 12404 Internet router has alarm and illumination for operating ranges. The router is designed with support for high density fiber Fast Ethernet (FE) ports. Current 1.275-inch pitch line cards fit in the line card cage with the addition of a front panel adapter cover. The line card adapter cover is included with the 1.275-inch line card.

Environmental Monitoring

Shock and Vibration

Alarm and Illumination Fiber Cable Management

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

1-4

OL-11636-01

Chapter 1

Product Overview Physical and Functional Overview

Table 1-1

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Key Features (continued)

Feature Other

Description The router


Uses existing RP cards Has a side-to-side exhaust cooling system air handling module Supports up to 8 chassis in a single standard 7 ft. (2.15 m) rack

Cosmetics

The enhanced Cisco 12404 has a frosted glass door that can be configured to open either from the left or right side.

Physical and Functional Overview


The Cisco 12404 Internet router has a 5-slot card cage which holds:

One RP, second RP option Up to three line cards, two with redundant RPs CSF card

The card cage is integrated into a rigid metal frame. The router uses line cards that are compatible with other Internet routers. Separate line card documentation is provided with each line card ordered as a FRU. See Chapter 5 and separate configuration notes for instructions to remove and replace FRUs. For information on ordering FRUs, contact a customer service representative. See the section titled Obtaining Technical Assistance, page xix.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

1-5

Chapter 1 Route Processors

Product Overview

Components
Cisco 12404 Internet router field replaceable units are comprised of the following items.

2 AC PEMs 2 DC PEMs 2 DC PDUs 1 air filter 1 combined clock scheduler, alarm and switch fabric card 1 fan tray assembly 1 chassis cable management bracket

Route Processors
The RP is used as the main system processor for the Cisco 12404 Internet router. Slot number 0 (zero) is the recommended slot for the first RP card. The RP communicates with the line cards either through the CSF or the through the maintenance bus (MBus). The CSF connection is the main data path for routing table distribution as well as for packets that are sent between the line cards and the RP. The MBus connection allows the RP to download a system bootstrap image, collect or load diagnostic information, and perform general internal system maintenance operations. The RP can be installed in any of the five slots in the card cage in the Cisco 12404 router, but slot number 0 (zero) is the recommended slot for the first RP. Two types of RPs are available for the Cisco 12404 router:

Gigabit Route Processor (GRP) Performance Route Processor (PRP)

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

1-6

OL-11636-01

Chapter 1

Product Overview Route Processors

When not explicitly specified, this document uses the term route processor (RP) to indicate either the GRP or the PRP.

Note

If you install a second, redundant RP, it must be of the same type as the primary RP. For information on the Performance Route Processor, see the Performance Route Processor section on page 1-13.

Gigabit Route Processor


The GRP front view is shown in Figure 1-1.
Figure 1-1 Gigabit Route ProcessorFront View
LL T EC S OT LOT -0 -1 CO RX T EJ SE RJ -4 5

GIGABIT ROUTE PROCESSOR

GRP Memory
The Cisco IOS software images that run the Cisco 12404 router reside in Flash memory, which is located on the GRP in the form of a single inline memory module (SIMM), and on the PCMCIA cards, called Flash memory cards, that insert in the two PCMCIA slots on the front of the GRP. Storing the Cisco IOS images in Flash memory enables you to download and boot from upgraded Cisco IOS images remotely, or from software images resident in GRP Flash memory.

Note

The Cisco 12000 series routers no longer ship with GRP or GRP-B processors as these items are now End of Sale (EOS). Refer to the the Cisco 12000 End of Life (EOL) web page for additional information.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

57074

SL

AU X

RE

CO NS OL E

TX

LIN

MII

1-7

Chapter 1 Route Processors

Product Overview

GRP memory components are presented in the following sections.


EDO DRAMExtended Data Output, Dynamic Random Access Memory DIMMDual Inline Memory Module SRAMStatic Random Access Memory NVRAMNon-Volatile Random Access Memory Flash Memory:
SIMMSingle In-line Memory Module ROMRead Only Memory PCMCIAPersonal Computer Memory Card International Association

cards or Flash memory cards. The Cisco 12404 router supports system software downloads for most Cisco IOS software upgrades, which enables you to remotely download, store, and boot from a new Cisco IOS image.

EDO DRAM
The EDO DRAM on the GRP stores routing tables, protocols, and network accounting applications. It also runs the Cisco IOS software. The default GRP DRAM configuration is 64 megabytes (MB) of EDO DRAM, which you can increase up to 256 MB maximum, through DRAM upgrades. Cisco IOS software runs from within GRP DRAM.

DIMM
The Dual In-line Memory Module (DIMM) with 168 pins, is a small circuit board that holds memory chips and doubles the number of circuit paths to and from a module by using independent pins on each side of the edge connector. You can install DIMM memory modules one at a time.

SRAM
The principle function of SRAM is to act as a staging area for routing table update information to and from the line cards. SRAM also provides secondary CPU cache memory. The standard GRP configuration is 512 KB. SRAM cannot be upgraded or configured.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

1-8

OL-11636-01

Chapter 1

Product Overview Route Processors

NVRAM
Non-Volatile Random Access Memory (NVRAM) cannot be upgraded or configured. The system configuration, software configuration register settings, and environmental monitoring logs are contained in the 512-KB NVRAM, which is backed up with built-in lithium batteries that retain the contents for a minimum of five years.

Caution

Before you replace the RP in the system, back up the running configuration to a Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) file server or an installed Flash memory card so you can retrieve it later.

Flash Memory or SIMM


A single inline memory module (SIMM) is a Flash memory card that allows you to remotely load and store multiple Cisco IOS software and microcode images. You can download a new image over the network or from a local server and then add the new image to Flash memory or replace the existing files. You can then boot the routers either manually or automatically from any of the stored images. Flash memory also functions as a trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP) server to allow other servers to boot remotely from stored images or to copy them into their own Flash memory.

Read Only Memory


Read-only memory (ROM), computer memory on which data has been prerecorded. Once data has been written onto a ROM chip, it cannot be removed and can only be read. Unlike main memory (RAM), ROM retains its contents even when the computer is turned off. ROM is referred to as being nonvolatile, whereas RAM is volatile. The GRP provides two dedicated PCMCIA card slots. Either slot can support a Flash memory card or an input/output (I/O) device, as long as the device requires only +5 VDC. The GRP supports Type 1 and Type 2 devices. Each PCMCIA slot has an ejector button for ejecting the card from its slot.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

1-9

Chapter 1 Route Processors

Product Overview

GRP LEDs
The light emitting diodes (LEDs) located on the GRP show the status of the GRP, system error messages, or when reprogrammed, the GRP LEDs show the user-defined status/error messages. The two types of system status LEDs used on the GRP are:

2 PCMCIA LEDs go on when the slot is accessed. 4 RJ-45 Ethernet port activity LEDs (labeled LINK, COLL, TX and RX) these LEDs are used in conjunction with the RJ-45 Ethernet connector. When on, the 4 RJ-45 LEDs indicate:
Link activity (LINK) Collision detection (COLL) Data transmission (TX) Data reception (RX)

Note

These LEDs are disabled when the media-independent interface (MII) Ethernet port is in use.

2 Ethernet port selection LEDs (labeled MII and RJ-45)these LEDs are used in conjunction with both the RJ-45 and MII Ethernet ports. When on, they identify your selection of either the RJ-45 Ethernet port or the MII Ethernet port.

Alphanumeric displays are organized as two rows of 4 characters each. The content of the display is controlled by the MBus module software. The alphanumeric displays provide information about the system status during the boot process, where the alphanumeric LED displays are controlled directly by the MBus. After the boot process, the LEDs are controlled by Cisco IOS software through the MBus, and messages are designated by Cisco IOS software.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

1-10

OL-11636-01

Chapter 1

Product Overview Route Processors

Asynchronous Serial Ports


The two asynchronous serial ports on the GRP allow you to connect external devices to monitor and manage the system. The ports are a console port and an auxiliary port. The console port is an Electronics Industries Association/Telecommunications Industry Association (EIA/TIA)-232 receptacle (RS-232 female) that provides a data circuit-terminating equipment (DCE) interface for connecting a console terminal.

Note

EIA/TIA-232 was known as recommended standard RS-232 before its acceptance as a standard by the EIA/TIA. The auxiliary port is a EIA/TIA-232 plug (male) that provides a data terminal equipment (DTE) interface. The auxiliary port supports flow control and can be used to connect a modem, a channel service unit (CSU), or other optional equipment for Telnet management (Figure 1-2).

Figure 1-2

GRP Console and Auxiliary Port Connections

EJ EC

Modem

DB-25 female

SL

-1 OT SL -0 OT RE SE T

X AU
LIN K TX

Auxiliary port

Console port
CO LL RX

Console terminal

DB-25 male
M II

GRP

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

H10735

RJ -4 5

1-11

Chapter 1 Route Processors

Product Overview

Ethernet Port
The GRP has one Ethernet port which uses one of the following two port connection types:

RJ-45 portIs an 8-pin MDI RJ-45 port for either IEEE 802.3 10BASE-T (10 Mbps) or IEEE 802.3u 100BASE-TX (100 Mbps) Ethernet connections (Figure 1-3).
GRP RJ-45 Connector

Figure 1-3

87654321

RJ-45 connector

MII receptacleIs a 40-pin media independent interface (MII) port that provides additional flexibility in Ethernet connections (Figure 1-4). The pinout of this standard 40-pin port is defined by the IEEE 802.3u standard in Appendix A of this guide (Figure 1-5).
GRP MII Ethernet Receptacle
Pin 1

Figure 1-4

210222

Jackscrew

Pin 21

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

1-12

H6538

OL-11636-01

Chapter 1

Product Overview Route Processors

Figure 1-5

RJ-45 Port and MII Receptacles on the GRP


NK LI TX LL CO RX

To repeater or DTE

II M

RJ-45 cable
GIGABIT ROUTE PROCESSOR

5 -4 RJ

To transceiver, repeater, or DTE MII cable

Performance Route Processor


Two types of RPs are available for the Cisco 12404 router:

Gigabit Route Processor (part number GRP or GRP-B) Performance Route Processor (part number PRP-1 or PRP-2)

When not explicitly specified, this document uses the term route processor (RP) to indicate either the GRP or the PRP.

Note

If you install a second, redundant RP, it must be of the same type as the primary RP. For information on the Gigabit Route Processor, see the Gigabit Route Processor section on page 1-7.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

H10736

1-13

Chapter 1 Route Processors

Product Overview

The PRP front view is shown in Figure 1-6.


Figure 1-6 Performance Route ProcessorFront View
ETH 0
EJ EC T
S OT LOT -0 -1 RX

ETH 1
RX

AUX

CONSOLE

PRIMARY

PRIMARY

PERFORMANCE ROUTE PROCESSOR 1 (PRP-1)

PRP Memory
The Cisco IOS software images that run the Cisco 12404 router reside in Flash memory, which is located on the PRP in the form of a single in-line memory module (SIMM), and on the PCMCIA cards, called Flash memory cards that insert in the two PCMCIA slots on the front of the PRP. Storing the Cisco IOS images in Flash memory enables you to download and boot from upgraded Cisco IOS images remotely or from software images resident in PRP Flash memory.

Note

The Cisco 12404 router is shipped with 20 MB of Flash memory as the default configuration. PRP memory components are presented in the following sections.

SDRAMSynchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory DIMMDual In-line Memory Module SRAMStatic Random Access Memory NVRAMNon-Volatile Random Access Memory Flash Memory:
SIMMSingle Inline Memory Module ROMRead Only Memory PCMCIAPersonal Computer Memory Card International Association

cards or Flash memory cards. The router supports system software downloads for most Cisco IOS software upgrades, which enables you to remotely download, store, and boot from a new Cisco IOS image.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

1-14

OL-11636-01

75041

TX

EN

EN

TX

SL

T SE RE

LIN

LIN

Chapter 1

Product Overview Route Processors

SDRAM
The SDRAM on the PRP stores routing tables, protocols, and network accounting applications. It also runs the Cisco IOS software. The default PRP SDRAM configuration is 512 megabytes (MB) of SDRAM, which you can increase up to 1 GB maximum, through DIMM upgrades. You cannot mix memory sizes. If two DIMMs are installed, they must be the same memory size.

Caution

We recommends that you use only Cisco approved memory. To prevent memory problems, SDRAM DIMMs must be +3.3VDC, PC133-compliant devices. Do not attempt to install other devices in the DIMM sockets.

DIMM
The Dual In-line Memory Module (DIMM) with 168 pins is a small circuit board that holds memory chips and doubles the number of circuit paths to and from a module by using independent pins on each side of the edge connector. You can install DIMM memory modules one at a time.

SRAM
The principle function of SRAM is to act as a staging area for routing table update information to and from the line cards. SRAM also provides secondary CPU cache memory. The standard PRP configuration is 2 MB. SRAM cannot be upgraded or configured.

NVRAM
Non-Volatile Random Access Memory (NVRAM) cannot be upgraded or configured. The system configuration, software configuration register settings, and environmental monitoring logs are contained in the 2 MB NVRAM, which is backed up with built-in lithium batteries that retain the contents for a minimum of five years.

Caution

Before you replace the RP in the system, back up the running configuration to a Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) file server or an installed Flash memory card so you can retrieve it later.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

1-15

Chapter 1 Route Processors

Product Overview

Flash Memory or SIMM


A single online memory module (SIMM) is a Flash memory card that allows you to remotely load and store multiple Cisco IOS software and microcode images. You can download a new image over the network or from a local server and then add the new image to Flash memory or replace the existing files. You can then boot the routers either manually or automatically from any of the stored images. Flash memory also functions as a trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP) server to allow other servers to boot remotely from stored images or to copy them into their own Flash memory.

Read-Only Memory
Read-only memory (ROM), computer memory on which data has been prerecorded. Once data has been written onto a ROM chip, it cannot be removed and can only be read. Unlike main memory (RAM), ROM retains its contents even when the computer is turned off. ROM is referred to as being nonvolatile, whereas RAM is volatile. The PRP provides two dedicated PCMCIA card slots. Either slot can support a Flash memory card or an input/output (I/O) device, as long as the device requires only +5 VDC. The PRP supports Type 1 and Type 2 devices. Each PCMCIA slot has an ejector button for ejecting the card from its slot.

PRP LEDs
The light emitting diodes (LEDs) located on the PRP show the status of the PRP, system error messages, or when reprogrammed, the PRP LEDs show the user-defined status/error messages. The two types of system status LEDs used on the PRP are:

2 PCMCIA LEDs go on when the slot is accessed. 4 RJ-45 Ethernet port activity LEDs (labeled LINK, EN, TX and RX) these LEDs are used in conjunction with the RJ-45 Ethernet connector. When on, the 4 RJ-45 LEDs indicate:
Link activity (LINK) Port enabled (EN) Data transmission (TX) Data reception (RX)

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

1-16

OL-11636-01

Chapter 1

Product Overview Route Processors

2 Ethernet port selection LEDs (labeled PRIMARY), when lit these LEDs identify which of the two Ethernet connections is selected. Because both ports are supported on the PRP, the LED on port ETH0 is always on. The ETH1 LED goes on when it is selected.

Alphanumeric displays are organized as two rows of four characters each. The content of the display is controlled by the MBus module software. The alphanumeric displays provide information about the system status during the boot process where the alphanumeric LED displays are controlled directly by the MBus. After the boot process, the LEDs are controlled by the Cisco IOS software through the MBus and display messages are designated by the Cisco IOS software. The display LEDs indicate the following:

Status of the PRP System error messages User-defined status and error messages

Note

A complete, descriptive list of all system and error messages is located in the Cisco IOS System Error Messages publications.

Asynchronous Serial Ports


The PRP has two asynchronous serial ports: the console and auxiliary ports. These allow you to connect external serial devices to monitor and manage the system. Both ports use RJ-45 receptacles. The console port provides a data circuit-terminating equipment (DCE) interface for connecting a console terminal. The auxiliary port provides a data terminal equipment (DTE) interface and supports flow control. It is often used to connect a modem, a channel service unit (CSU), or other optional equipment for Telnet management.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

1-17

Chapter 1 Route Processors

Product Overview

Figure 1-7 shows the PRP console and auxiliary port connections.
Figure 1-7 PRP Console and Auxiliary Port Connections

SL

-1 OT SL 0 OT

PRIMARY
LIN K EN

ETH 0

TX

RX

PRIMARY
LIN K EN

ETH 1

1 2 3

Modem Console terminal RJ-45 Ethernet cables

4 5

Auxiliary port Console port

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

1-18

70692

TX

RX

AUX CONSOLE

4 5

OL-11636-01

Chapter 1

Product Overview Route Processors

Ethernet Port
The PRP is configured with 2 Ethernet ports, both using an 8-pin RJ-45 receptacle for either IEEE 802.3 10BASE-T (10 Mbps) or IEEE 802.3u 100BASE-TX (100 Mbps) connections (Figure 1-8).

Note

The transmission speed of the Ethernet ports is autosensing by default and is user configurable.
Figure 1-8 PRP RJ-45 Connector

87654321

RJ-45 connector

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

H2936

1-19

Chapter 1 Line Cards

Product Overview

Line Cards
The Cisco 12404 Internet router is shipped with up to three installed line cards and one RP that provide a variety of network media types. Line card slots and RPs shipped from the factory are based on your order. Line cards can be installed in any slot 0 (zero) through 3 in the card cage. Slot zero (0) the second slot from the bottom of the card cage, is the default RP slot (Figure 1-9).
Figure 1-9 RP Slot Location

3 2 1 0
Fabric Alarm
66252

The line cards interface to each other, and to the RP through the CSF card. Line cards installed in the Cisco 12404 router are hot swappable) and can be replaced while the router is On. For detailed instructions on removing, replacing, and configuring the line cards supported by the Cisco 12404 Internet router, see the configuration note shipped with each line card when ordered as an FRU (Figure 1-10).

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

1-20

OL-11636-01

Chapter 1

Product Overview Line Cards

Figure 1-10
Single Mode

Sample Line Cards


Multimode Ejector lever

Port 0
ER VE I KT TI RR P AC CA RX

Ejector lever Front view

Rear view

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

H10781

0 1 ER VE I KT TI RR P AC CA RX 2 ER VE I KT TI RR P AC CA RX 3 ER VE I KT TI RR P AC CA RX

0 ER VE I KT TI RR P AC CA RX

Status LEDs

Port 1

1 ER VE I KT TI RR P AC CA RX

Port 2

2 ER VE I KT TI RR P AC CA RX

Port 3

160-pin backplane signal connector

ER VE I KT TI RR P AC CA RX

Q OC-3/STM-1 SM IR POS

Q OC-3/STM-1 MM POS

Alphanumeric LED display

1-21

Chapter 1 Line Cards

Product Overview

Consolidated Switch Fabric Card


The Cisco 12404 router CSF card contains the following functionality:

Alarm functionality Clock and scheduler functionality Fabric functionality

Alarm Functionality
The Cisco 12404 router CSF card alarm functionality provides visual alarm notification of a fault condition. The alarm card function indicates the following condition.

Alarm status CSF MBus Alarm MBus status Fan fault monitoring AC or DC power source status DC PEM status
The 5V MBus power supply has been integrated onto the CSF permitting

the use of generic PEMs in the chassis. The Cisco 12404 Internet router can monitor for the PEM for these conditions:

The operational status Output voltage Output current. Alarm Output Function
The alarm output function is controlled by the software on the RP. When

a signal is received from the RP the alarm MBus module on the CSF card will activate specific LEDs to signal a condition that is either critical, major, or minor.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

1-22

OL-11636-01

Chapter 1

Product Overview Line Cards

LEDs
LEDs alert you to a condition in the router. The determination of a

critical, major, or minor alarm condition is designed into Cisco IOS software running on your RP. Type the show commands sh gsr table and sh env all to view the table of limits and current readings for the LEDs.

CSF MBus Status


Drivers are provided for MBus OK and FAIL indication.

The 5V MBus power supply


Consists of a 100 W DC-DC converter.

Alarm Status
The Alarm output function consists of a group of LEDs and their

associated drivers connected to an output port on the alarm MBus module. As directed by the software on the RP, the alarm MBus module on the CSF card activates specific LEDs. The software which drives these LEDs divides them into three levels, Critical, Major, and Minor. The classification of a critical, major, or minor alarm is determined by Cisco IOS software running on the RP. Each of the three LEDs is a dual LED (for failure redundancy).
The OK/FAIL pair of LEDs indicate the status of the alarm MBus:

Green indicates that the alarm MBus module is operating properly. Amber FAIL indicates that the alarm MBus has detected an error in itself or with the MBus module.

Power Source Monitoring


The alarm MBus monitors the power supply and signals when there is a condition outside the normal range of operation.

Power source voltage is not being provided to a component A fault exist in the power source or PEM A voltage monitor signal is outside the allowable range The current monitor signal is outside the allowable range

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

1-23

Chapter 1 Line Cards

Product Overview

Fabric Functionality
The consolidated switch fabric (CSF) circuity provides synchronized speed interconnections for the line cards and the RP (Figure 1-11). The CSF circuitry is contained on 1 card and consists of a clock scheduler and switch fabric functionality. The CSF card is housed in the bottom slot labeled Fabric Alarm in the router chassis. The switching capacity is 40 Gbps full duplex.
Figure 1-11 Consolidated Switch Fabric Card Slot

CLEAN
WITH ALCOHOL WIPES BEFORE CONNECTING

CONNECTOR

CLASS 1 LASER LASERPROD PRODUCT UKT PRODUIT LASER DER KLASSE 1 DE CLASSE 1 PRODUCTO LASER DE CLASSE 1

0 1 2 3
T SL SL -1 OT -0 OT RE SE T

TX RX
ACTIVE CARRIER RX PKT

EJ

EC

AU

CO

NS

OL

CO

LL RX RJ -45

SR-SC

LIN

TX MI I

GIGABIT ROUTE PROCESSO R


CR ITI MA CA JO MI NO L R R

MBUS
ALARM

FAIL ENABLE

FABRIC

CONSOLI

DATED

SWITCH

FABRIC

Clock and Scheduler Functionality


The fabric card generates and distributes system-wide clock and cell time synchronization signaling. System clock generation is delivered to the system through the backplane and local clock functions are derived from the system clock.

System ClockThe system clock synchronizes data transfers between line cards or between the RP and a line card through the CSF. The system clock signal is sent to all line cards and the RP. SchedulerThe scheduler handles requests from the line cards for access to the CSF. When the scheduler receives a request from a line card for CSF access, the scheduler determines when to allow the line card access to the CSF. CSFSwitch fabric circuitry carries the user traffic between line cards or between the RP and the line cards.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

1-24

OL-11636-01

66293

40C48/POS-

Chapter 1

Product Overview Power Entry Modules

Power Entry Modules


The Cisco 12404 router chassis supports two 1100 W hot swappable PEMs. Each unit is capable of delivering up to 1100 W at 54.5 VDC. The Cisco 12404 Internet router PEMs are hot swappable and the router must be populated with 2 PEMs to meet EMI standards.

Caution

Do not mix PEM types in the Cisco 12404 Internet router. In multiple PEM system configurations, all PEMs must be of the same type; either all AC PEM, or all DC PDUs and PEMs. A hardwired DC power source, power cable is required from the site DC power source to the DC PDU on the chassis. The DC power cable leads are 6 American Wiring Gauge (AWG) high strand count wire. For detailed handling and replacement instructions for Cisco 12404 router PEMs, see Appendix A or the appropriate configuration note that accompanies each AC PEM or DC PEM and PDU shipped from the factory as an FRU.

AC Power Entry Module


The AC PEM is a modular unit which measures: 6.60 inches (16.76 cm) deep by 14.30 inches (36.32 cm) wide by 3.50 inches (8.89 cm) high Weight: 11.0 lbs (5.0 kg) The Cisco 12404 router is configured to the customer specifications from the factory (Figure 1-12). If AC PEM is requested, two AC PEM are shipped. Each AC PEM should be connected to a separate AC power source.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

1-25

Chapter 1 Power Entry Modules

Product Overview

Figure 1-12

AC Power Entry Module

INPUT OK

OUTPUT OUTPUT OK FAIL

INPUT 100-240 V 12A 50/80HZ

An AC PEM is equipped as follows:


A power switch to turn the PEM On and Off A power factor corrector (PFC)Allows the PEM to accept AC power source voltage from an AC power source nominally operating between 100 to 120 VAC, 15-Amp service in North America; and a range of 185 to 264 VAC, 10-Amp service, in an international environment Requires a dedicated 15A service North America (10A International) HandlesProvided for ease in removing and replacing the PEM Captive screwsSecure the PEM in the bay A 14 ft. (4.3 m) AC power cordConnects the AC PEM to the AC power source

Note

We recommend you install an uninterruptable power source (UPS) as a safeguard against power loss.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

1-26

OL-11636-01

66247

Chapter 1

Product Overview Fan Tray

Power Distribution
The backplane distributes power through the Cisco 12404 router and to all cards in the card cage. The PEM converts AC power source into 48 VDC. When directed by the RP or by MBus software, the MBus module turns on the DC-DC converter; the 48 VDC is converted into +2.5 VDC, +3.3 VDC and +5 VDC for all internal voltages required by the cards. Power for the fan tray assembly is supplied directly from the backplane. An internal fan tray assembly controller card converts 48 VDC into DC voltage that powers the fans.

Fan Tray
The Cisco 12404 router is equipped with 1 fan tray located at the side of the chassis. The fan tray assembly maintains acceptable operating temperatures for the internal components by drawing cooling air across the card cage. The fan assembly is a sheet metal enclosure containing 7 fans and 2 fan controller cards (Figure 1-13).

Warning

Exhaust from other equipment vented directly into the Cisco 12404 router air inlet can cause an over-heat condition. Install the router so that it is protected from a direct flow of hot air from other equipment.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

1-27

Chapter 1 Fan Tray

Product Overview

Figure 1-13

Fan Tray Assembly

The fan tray assembly draws room air in through the air filter, across the card cage and out through exhaust vents located on the side of the chassis. See Figure 1-14.

Note

Warm air exits at the side of the chassis. Allow sufficient air flow by maintaining 6 inches (15.24 CM) of clearance at both the inlet and exhaust openings on the chassis. A fan tray assembly controller card monitors the operation of the 7 fans.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

1-28

OL-11636-01

66250

Chapter 1

Product Overview Air Filter

Air Filter
The Cisco 12404 router chassis is equipped with a serviceable air filter. Facing the rear of the chassis, the air filter is located on the left side (Figure 1-14).
Figure 1-14 Cisco 12404 Internet Router Air Filter Location

INPUT OK

OUTPUT OUTPUT OK FAIL

INPUT 100-240 V 12A 50/80HZ

INPUT OK

OUTPUT OUTPUT OK FAIL

INPUT 100-240 V 12A 50/80HZ

Caution

When operating the Cisco 12404 Internet router, we recommend that you install a clean air filter. Inspect and clean the air filter one time per month (more often in dusty environments). A copy of the air filter replacement instructions is shipped with the air filters when ordered as a FRU. For information on ordering FRUs, contact a customer service representative. See the section titled, Obtaining Technical Assistance section on page -xix.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

1-29

66278

Chapter 1 Cable-Management System

Product Overview

Cable-Management System
The Cisco 12404 Internet router is set up with two types of cable-management systems:

Line card cable-management bracket (Figure 1-15)Attached to each line card and routes the line card cables to the chassis cable management bracket. These brackets keep the cables free of sharp bends and out of the way. Chassis cable-management bracket (Figure 1-16)Attached to the chassis and routes the line card cables away from the chassis. Organize the interface cables on the line cards, RP, and clock and scheduler cards as they enter and exit the system. Consists of two parts, a card cable-management bracket and a chassis cable-management bracket.

Cable-management systems:

Caution

Excessive bending in an interface cable can cause performance degradation.


Figure 1-15 RP and Line Card Cable-Management Bracket

E R L TIV RIE EL AC CAR RX C 0

E R L TIV RIE EL AC CAR RX C 0

E R L TIV RIE EL AC CAR RX C 0

E R L TIV RIE EL AC CAR RX C

OC-12/ST

M-4 PO

For fiber-optic or copper cable line cards

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

1-30

OL-11636-01

66587

Chapter 1

Product Overview Maintenance Bus

Figure 1-16

Chassis Cable Management Bracket

CLEAN
WITH ALCOHOL WIPES BEFORE CONNECTI NG

CONNEC TOR

CLASS 1 LASER LASERPRODUK PRODUCT T PRODUIT LASER DER KLASSE 1 DE CLASSE 1 PRODUCTO LASER DE CLASSE 1

0 1 2 3
CT

TX RX
ACTIVE CARRIER

EJE

T-1 SLO 0 TSLO

RE

T SE

RX PKT

X AU

N CO

SO

RX RJ-

45

LIN

TX MII

CR

IT

IC MA M AL JO IN R O

GIGABI
R

T ROUTE

PROCES

SOR

MBUS FAIL ENABLE


ALARM FABRIC

CONSO

LIDATE D SW

ITCH FAB

RIC

Maintenance Bus
The Cisco 12404 Internet router maintenance bus and MBus modules manage all of the maintenance functions of the system. The MBus consists of two separate busses (providing MBus redundancy). Each MBus is linked to all of the following.

Line cards Route Processor CSF card

The MBus module located on each component, communicates over the MBus and is powered by +5 VDC directly from the fabric card. The MBus performs the functions of power-on/off control for each component, component (device) discovery, code download, diagnostics, and environmental monitoring and alarms.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

1-31

66276

LE

CO

LL

40C48/P OS-

SR-SC

Chapter 1 Maintenance Bus

Product Overview

Power-On/Off Control
Each MBus module directly controls the DCtoDC converters on the component it is mounted on based on commands the component receives from its on-board EPROM and from the RP. Each MBus module is tied directly to +5 VDC from the consolidated fabric card. When power is applied to the Cisco 12404 router, all MBus modules immediately power on. The MBus modules on the RP and CSF card immediately turn on the DCtoDC converter, powering up the respective card. The line card MBus module waits to power on the line card until it receives a command from the RP.

Component Discovery
The RP can determine the system configuration using the MBus. A message is sent from the RP over the MBus requesting all installed devices to identify themselves. The response back provides component type, line card slot number, and CSF card slot number.

Code Download
A portion of the line card operating software can be downloaded from the RP to the line card over the MBus. Because the MBus is relatively slow compared to the CSF, only enough code is downloaded to the line card for it to access the CSF and complete the download process.

Diagnostics
The diagnostic software image is downloaded from the RP to the line card during the test sequence.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

1-32

OL-11636-01

Chapter 1

Product Overview Maintenance Bus

Environmental Monitoring and Alarms


The MBus module on each component monitors that components environment as follows.

Line cards and the RP are monitored for temperature by two temperature sensors mounted on each card. The MBus module makes voltage monitoring through software; for example the +2.5 VDC, +3.3 VDC, and +5 VDC DCtoDC converters. The CSF card is monitored for temperature by two temperature sensors mounted on the card. The MBus module performs voltage monitoring through software (for example, the +2.5 VDC and +3.3 VDC). Voltage monitoring the for +5 VDC, for example; is made by the alarm MBus module on the CSF card. Environmental monitoring includes voltage and current monitoring, temperature monitoring, and sensing for fan power and RPM.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

1-33

Chapter 1 Power Distribution Unit

Product Overview

Power Distribution Unit


A chassis can be reconfigured from an AC power source to a DC power source, and vice versa. A Cisco 12404 Internet router can be either AC powered or DC powered (Figure 1-17 and Figure 1-18). The router does not accept two different types of PEMs at the same time. Conversion can be performed in the field. The conversion procedure requires the system be powered down and involves replacement of the appropriate PEMs. The AC to DC and vice versa, power conversion process is explained in Chapter 5 of this document.
Figure 1-17 AC PEM

INPUT OK

OUTPUT OUT OK

PUT FAIL

INPUT 100-240 V 12A 50/80HZ

1 2 3

AC PEM handle On/Off switch Bail Latch

4 5 6

Power cord receptacle LEDs Captive screws

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

1-34

OL-11636-01

66289

Chapter 1

Product Overview Power Distribution Unit

Figure 1-18

DC PEM and PDU Assembly

INP UT 48/6 0V 35A

INPUT OK

OUTPUT OK

7 3 6

5 4

1 2 3 4

DC PDU DC PEM PEM captive screws LEDs

5 6 7

On/Off switch PDU captive screws Terminal Block

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

1-35

66295

OUTPUT FAIL

Chapter 1 Power Distribution Unit

Product Overview

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

1-36

OL-11636-01

C H A P T E R

Preparing for Installation


This chapter provides specific information about preparing your site for the installation of the Cisco 12404 Internet Router. Included in this chapter are:

Tools and Equipment, page 2-2 Safety and Compliance, page 2-2 Safety with Electricity, page 2-8 Installation Site Requirements, page 2-10 Unpacking and Repacking the Cisco 12404 Internet Router, page 2-19 Site Preparation Checklist, page 2-21

Before installing your Cisco 12404 Internet router you should consider the following.

Power and cabling requirements that must be in place at your installation site Equipment you will need to install the router Environmental conditions your installation site must meet to maintain normal operation.

Note

Do not unpack the router until you are ready to install it.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

2-1

Chapter 2 Tools and Equipment

Preparing for Installation

Tools and Equipment


The Cisco 12404 Internet router is designed to be installed with a minimum number of tools. The following tools are required.

1/4inch flat-blade screwdriver 3/16inch flat-blade screwdriver 9/16inch wrench 10-mm wrench (either open-end or socket) 2-mm allen wrench ESD-preventive wrist or ankle strap Antistatic mat Tape measure Wire cutters Pliers

Safety and Compliance


The following guidelines will help to ensure your safety and protect the equipment. This list is not inclusive of all potentially hazardous situations, so be alert.

General Safety Guidelines, page 2-3 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage, page 2-4 Laser Safety, page 2-6 Laser Safety, page 2-6 Lifting Guidelines, page 2-6

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

2-2

OL-11636-01

Chapter 2

Preparing for Installation Safety and Compliance

General Safety Guidelines


Never attempt to lift an object that might be too heavy for you to lift by yourself. Always disconnect the power source and unplug all power cables before lifting, moving or working on the router. Keep the work area clear and dust free during and after installation. Keep tools and router components away from walk areas. Do not wear loose clothing, jewelry (including rings and chains), or other items that could get caught in the router. Fasten your tie or scarf and sleeves. The Cisco 12404 Internet router operates safely when it is used in accordance with its electrical ratings and product usage instructions. Do not work alone if potentially hazardous conditions exist. Always unplug the power cables when performing maintenance or working on the router, unless the replacement part is capable of online insertion and removal, hot swappable. The installation of your Cisco 12404 router should be in compliance with national and local electrical codes: in the United States, National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70, United States National Electrical Code; in Canada, Canadian Electrical Code, part I, CSA C22.1; in other countries, International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 364, part 1 through part 7. Before installing, configuring, or maintaining the router, review the safety warnings listed in the document Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for the Cisco 12000 series Internet Routers (Document Number 78-4347-xx) that accompanied your Cisco 12404 router. Cisco 12404 routers configured with the AC power entry module (PEM) are shipped with a three-wire electrical grounding-type plug that will only fit into a grounding-type power outlet. This is a safety feature. The equipment grounding should be in accordance with local and national electrical codes. Cisco 12404 routers configured with a DC PEM require a dedicated 35Amp DC circuit breaker for the DC power source. This circuit breaker should protect against short-circuit and overcurrent faults in accordance with United

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

2-3

Chapter 2 Safety and Compliance

Preparing for Installation

States National Electrical Code NFPA 70 (United States), Canadian Electrical Code, part I, CSA C22.1; CSA C22.2 No. 0 (Canada) and IEC 364 (other countries).

Only a DC power source that complies with the safety extra-low voltage (SELV) requirements in UL60950, CSA 60950, EN60950, and IEC 60950 can be connected to a Cisco 12404 router DC PEM. A Cisco 12404 router configured with DC PEMs is to be installed in a restricted access area and in accordance with Articles 11018, 11026, and 11027 of the National Electric Code, ANSI/NFPA 70. A Cisco 12404 router configured with a DC power distribution unit (PDU) shall have a readily accessible disconnect device incorporated in the fixed wiring.

Compliance and Safety Information


The Cisco 12404 Internet router is designed to meet the regulatory compliance and safety approval requirements. Refer to the Regulatory Information and Safety Information for Cisco 12000 Series Routers if you require additional compliance information (see Cisco Technical Support and Documentation Website section on page -xix for site information).

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage


Electrostatic discharge (ESD) damage to circuit boards can occur if they are handled improperly. Such mishandling can result in intermittent or complete failures of the board. When handling circuit boards, observe the following guidelines to prevent ESD damage.

Always use an ESD-preventive ankle or wrist strap and ensure that the strap makes adequate contact with your skin. The ankle or wrist strap protects equipment from ESD voltages on the body only; ESD voltages on clothing can still cause damage to electronic components.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

2-4

OL-11636-01

Chapter 2

Preparing for Installation Safety and Compliance

Attaching an ESD-Preventive Strap


Attach an ESD antistatic strap to your body and to an open metal part of the chassis on the Cisco 12404 Internet router (Figure 2-1).
Figure 2-1 Attaching an ESD-Preventive Strap to the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Chassis

CLEAN
WITH ALCOHOL WIPES BEFORE CONNECTING

CONNECTOR

CLASS 1 LASER LASERPRODUKT PRODUCT PRODUIT LASER DER KLASSE 1 DE CLASSE 1 PRODUCTO LASER DE CLASSE 1

0 1 2 3

TX RX
ACTIVE CARRIER

T EC EJ

-1 OT SL -0 OT SL

T SE RE

RX PKT

AU

CO

NS

OL

LL CO RX

-45 RJ

K LIN
CR

TX I MI
IC MA MI AL JO NO R R

IT

GIGABIT
MBUS
ALARM

ROUTE

PROCESSO

FAIL ENABLE

FABRIC

CONSOLI DATED SWITCH FABRIC

Caution

Periodically check the resistance value of the antistatic ankle or wrist strap. The resistance measurement should be between 1 and 10 megohms.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

2-5

66273

40C48/POS -SR-SC

Chapter 2 Safety and Compliance

Preparing for Installation

Laser Safety
Single-mode style line cards for the Cisco 12404 Internet router are equipped with lasers, which emit invisible radiation. Do not stare into open line card ports.

Warning

Avoid exposure to laser radiation. Do not stare into an open apertures, because invisible laser radiation may be emitted from the aperture when a cable is not inserted in the port.

Lifting Guidelines
A fully configured Cisco 12404 Internet router weighs approximately 100 pounds (45.36 kg). Before you install the router, ensure that your site is properly prepared so you can avoid having to move the router later to accommodate power source and network connections (Figure 2-2).

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

2-6

OL-11636-01

Chapter 2

Preparing for Installation Safety and Compliance

Figure 2-2

Lifting a Cisco 12404 Internet Router

CLEAN
WITH ALCOHOL WIPES BEFORE CONNECTING

CONNECTOR

CLASS 1 LASER LASERPRODUKT PRODUCT PRODUIT LASER DER KLASSE 1 DE CLASSE 1 PRODUCTO LASER DE CLASSE 1

0 1 2 3
T

TX RX
ACTIVE CARRIER

EJEC

-1 SLOT -0 SLOT

RX PKT

ET RES

AUX

E SOL CON
LINK

L COL RX RJ-4 TX MII


CRIT MAJ ICAL ORMINOR

40C48/PO S-SR-SC
5

GIGABIT

ROUTE

PROCESSO R

MBUS
ALARM

FAIL ENABLE

FABRIC

CONSOL IDATED

SWITCH

FABRIC

Each time you lift any heavy assembly, refer to these lifting guidelines:

Never attempt to lift an object that might be too heavy for you to lift by yourself Have a second person available to help lift the assembly Ensure that your footing is solid; balance the weight of the object between your feet Lift the assembly slowly; never move suddenly or twist your body as you lift Keep your back straight and lift with your legs, not your back If you must bend down to lift the assembly, bend at the knees, not at the waist, to reduce the strain on your lower back muscle Always disconnect the power source and unplug all power cables before lifting, moving or working on the router

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

2-7

66606

Chapter 2 Safety with Electricity

Preparing for Installation

Safety with Electricity


Cisco 12404 Internet router field replaceable units (FRUs) offer the online insertion and removal capability, which means an FRU is hot swappable and can be removed and replaced while the system is operating without presenting an electrical hazard or damage to the system. The following FRUs are hot swappable:

Line cards Fan tray assembly AC PEM (when redundant modules are installed) DC PEM (when redundant modules are installed) Air filter

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

2-8

OL-11636-01

Chapter 2

Preparing for Installation Safety with Electricity

Electrical Equipment
Working with electrical equipment can be hazardous. Three types of potential hazards are addressed in this section.

Potential electrical accidents involving people and equipment Potential electrical accidents involving equipment only Potential electrical accidents involving your installation site

Electric Shock Hazard


Use these guidelines if an electrical accident occurs while working with any electrical equipment.

Warning

Before beginning any procedures requiring access to the interior of the Cisco 12404 Internet router, locate the emergency power-off switch for the room in which you are working.

Disconnect power to the system, never assume that power has been disconnected from a circuit; always check.

Warning

Before assisting an injured person, make sure there is no possibility of electrical shock or other potential hazard to yourself.

Send another person to get medical aid; otherwise, assess the condition of the victim and then call for help. Determine if the person needs rescue breathing or external cardiac compressions, then take appropriate action.

Equipment Hazards
Use these guidelines when working with equipment you want to install:

Disconnect all power and external cables before installing or removing a router. Never assume that power has been disconnected from a circuit; always check.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

2-9

Chapter 2 Installation Site Requirements

Preparing for Installation

Do not perform any action that creates a potential hazard to people or makes the equipment unsafe. Never install equipment that appears damaged. Carefully examine your work area for possible hazards such as:
Moist floors Ungrounded power extension cables Missing safety grounds.

Installation Hazards
Use these guidelines when working with equipment that is disconnected from a power source, but is still connected to telephone or network wiring.

Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm. Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations. Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless you are sure the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface. Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines.

Installation Site Requirements


This section provides site requirement guidelines that you must consider before installing the Cisco 12404 router.

Rack-Mounting and Ventilation Guidelines


Before installing the Cisco 12404 Internet router in a rack, consider the following general rack-mounting guidelines. As you face the rear of the chassis, the fan tray assembly is located on the right side. Air flow to the air filter and fan tray assembly should not be blocked.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

2-10

OL-11636-01

Chapter 2

Preparing for Installation Installation Site Requirements

Note

Warm air exhaust at the side of the chassis through the fan tray. Allow sufficient air flow by maintaining 6 inches (15.24 CM) of clearance at both the inlet and openings on the chassis.

A ventilation system that is too powerful in an enclosed rack can also prevent cooling by creating negative air pressure around the chassis and redirecting the air away from the air intake vent. If necessary, operate the router with the rack door open or in an open rack. The correct use of baffles inside an enclosed rack can assist in cooling the router. Equipment located near the bottom of the rack can generate excessive heat that is drawn upward and into the intake ports of equipment above, leading to possible overheat conditions.

Rack Mounting Clearance


The rack-mounting hardware included with the Cisco 12404 Internet router is suitable for most 19 inch equipment racks. The following are rack-mounting guidelines for the Cisco 12404 Internet router.

If you use a standard 19 inch racks be sure that the rack is bolted to the floor. The chassis mounts to the two rack posts, and the rest of the chassis is cantilevered off of the posts. Ensure that the weight of the Cisco 12404 Internet router does not make the rack unstable. Some racks are secured to ceiling brackets, if necessary, because of the weight of the equipment in the rack. Make sure that the rack you are installing the Cisco 12404 Internet router in is secured. For the enhanced model of the Cisco 12404 Internet router, the mounting rails on a 4-post rack must be recessed no more than 1.5 inches for the front door to fully open and close and to provide adequate room for cable routing.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

2-11

Chapter 2 Installation Site Requirements

Preparing for Installation

Multiple Routers in a Rack


One of the unique features of the Cisco 12404 Internet router is its size. Up to 8 Cisco 12404 routers can fit in a standard 19 inch equipment rack. When placing multiple routers in a rack, ensure there is sufficient ventilation to accommodate the router. The heated exhaust air from other equipment can enter the inlet air vents and cause an overtemperature condition inside the router.

Install and use the line card brackets and chassis cable-management bracket included with the router to keep cables organized and out of the way of line cards. Ensure that cables from other equipment do not interfere with access to the card cage, or require you to disconnect cables unnecessarily to perform equipment maintenance or upgrades. When mounting the router in a four-post type rack, be sure to use all of the screws provided to secure the chassis to the rack posts.

Figure 2-3 shows the outer dimensions of the Cisco 12404 enhanced router chassis with the front door installed.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

2-12

OL-11636-01

Chapter 2

Preparing for Installation Installation Site Requirements

Figure 2-3

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Chassis Outer DimensionsTop View

31.026 7.761 23.265

18.95 in.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

2-13

Chapter 2 Installation Site Requirements

Preparing for Installation

Environmental Guidelines
This section offers guidelines for operating your Cisco 12404 Internet router in various environments; airflow, temperature and humidity, power source, AC and DC powered routers, grounding connections and site wiring. To assure normal operation and avoid maintenance difficulty, plan and prepare your site before you install the router.

Airflow
The Cisco 12404 router air circulation system consists of 1 fan tray assembly mounted at the side of the chassis. The fan tray assembly maintains acceptable operating temperatures for the internal components by drawing cooling air in through a replaceable air filter, located on the right side of the chassis. Air circulates through the card cage, and exhausts at the side of the chassis (Figure 2-4).

Allow sufficient air flow by maintaining 6 inches (15.24 cm) of clearance at both the inlet and exhaust openings on the chassis. The site should be as dust-free as possible. Dusty environments can clog the air filter, reducing the cooling airflow through the system. This can cause an over temperature condition in the router.

Under extreme environment conditions, the environmental monitoring system will shut down the power to protect the system components.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

2-14

OL-11636-01

Chapter 2

Preparing for Installation Installation Site Requirements

Figure 2-4

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Air Circulation System

Top view

Temperature and Humidity


The operating environmental site requirements are listed in Appendix A. The temperature and humidity ranges listed are those within which the router will continue to operate. You can maintain normal operation by anticipating and correcting environmental irregularities before they approach critical values. The environmental monitoring functionality built into the router protects the system and components from potential damage from overvoltage and overtemperature conditions.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

2-15

66281

Chapter 2 Installation Site Requirements

Preparing for Installation

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Power


The Cisco 12404 Internet router requires an AC PEM or a combination DC PDU and DC PEM. Site requirements differ depending on the type of power source voltage. We recommend you follow these precautions and recommendations when planning power source connections to your router.

Check the power at your site before installation and periodically after installation to ensure that you are receiving clean power from the power source. If necessary, install a power conditioner. Install proper grounding, or use the proper grounding receptacle located on the side of the chassis, to avoid damage from lightning and power surges.

AC-Powered Routers
At sites where the Cisco 12404 router operates with AC PEMs, observe the following guidelines (Figure 2-3):

A power factor corrector (PFC) allows the PEM to accept AC power source voltage from an AC power source operating between 100 to 120 VAC, 15Amp service in North America; and a range of 185 to 264 VAC, 10Amp service, in an international environment. All AC PEM power cords measure 14 feet (4.3 meters). Provide a dedicated power source for each PEM installed in the router. Install an uninterruptable power source where possible.

Caution

Use the North American plug L6-20 20A only on 240 volt systems.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

2-16

OL-11636-01

Chapter 2

Preparing for Installation Installation Site Requirements

Figure 2-5

Cisco 12404 Router AC Power Plugs

North American plug L6-20 20A (for 240V units)

Australian plug AS 3112 10A

European plug CEE 7/7 16A

North American plug 5-15 15A

Italian plug CEI 23-16/VII 10A

United Kingdom plug BS 1363 13A

Router Grounding and Connection


Before you connect power or turn on your Cisco 12404 Internet router, we strongly recommend that you provide adequate system ground for your router. A Cisco 12404 Internet router configured with two AC PEMs, are shipped with a three-wire electrical grounding-type plug that will only fit into a grounding-type power outlet. This is a safety feature. The equipment grounding should be in accordance with local and national electrical codes.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

66969

2-17

Chapter 2 Installation Site Requirements

Preparing for Installation

Site Wiring
This section offers site wiring guidelines for setting up the plant wiring and cabling at your site. When planning the location of the new system, consider the following:

Electromagnetic interference (EMI) Distance limitations for signaling and unshielded conductors

Electromagnetic Interference
Electromagnetic interference can occur between the signal on the wires and external or ambient EMI fields when the wires are run for any significant distance. This fact has two implications for the construction of plant wiring.

Bad wiring practice can result in radio interference emanating from the plant wiring.

Warning

Strong EMI, especially when it is caused by lightning or radio transmitters, can destroy the signal drivers and receivers in the Cisco 12404 router, and can create an electrical hazard by conducting power surges through lines and may cause damage to the equipment.

Note

To predict and remedy strong EMI, you may need to consult experts in radio frequency interference (RFI).

If you use twisted-pair cable in your plant wiring with a good distribution of grounding conductors, the plant wiring is unlikely to emit radio interference. If you exceed the recommended distances, use a high-quality twisted-pair cable with one ground conductor for each data signal when applicable.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

2-18

OL-11636-01

Chapter 2

Preparing for Installation Unpacking and Repacking the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Distance Limitations
Give special consideration to the effect of a lightning strike in your vicinity if wires exceed recommended distances, or if wires pass between buildings. The electromagnetic pulse (EMP) caused by lightning or other high-energy phenomena can easily couple enough energy into unshielded conductors to destroy electronic devices. Provide a properly grounded and shielded environment, with special attention to issues of electrical surge suppression, to avoid the time loss to identify and resolve future surge and distance issues after your router is installed.

Grounding for DC Powered Installations


The Cisco 12404 Internet router grounding architecture conforms to the DC-I (DC-isolated) method of grounding as described in Telcordia GR-1089-CORE. A DC-I architecture means that there is no connection between the DC return terminal and the frame ground. DC return and frame ground are isolated from one another at the router.

Unpacking and Repacking the Cisco 12404 Internet Router


The shipping package for Cisco 12000 series routers is engineered to reduce the potential of product damage associated with routine material handling experienced during shipment. To minimize potential damage to the product, transport these products in their Cisco-specified packaging. Failure to do so may result in damage to the router or degradation of its performance. Also, do not remove the Internet router from its shipping container until you are ready to install it. The router should always be transported or stored in an upright position. Keep the router in the shipping container until you have determined where you will install it. Refer to the unpacking instructions (Cisco 12404 Internet Router Unpacking Instructions document number 78-13618-xx) that came with the router to unpack it from the shipping pallet and verify the contents. This document also includes instructions to repack the router if you need to transport it.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

2-19

Chapter 2 Unpacking and Repacking the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Preparing for Installation

If you do not receive everything you ordered, contact a customer service representative for assistance. See the section titled, Obtaining Technical Assistance section on page -xix.

Transporting a Cisco 12000 Series Internet Router


The shipping package for Cisco 12000 series routers is engineered to reduce the potential of product damage associated with routine material handling experienced during shipment. To minimize potential damage to the product, transport these products in their Cisco-specified packaging. Failure to do so may result in damage to the router or degradation of its performance. Also, do not remove the Internet router from its shipping container until you are ready to install it. The router should always be transported or stored in an upright position. Keep the router in the shipping container until you have determined a location for installation.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

2-20

OL-11636-01

Chapter 2

Preparing for Installation Site Preparation Checklist

Site Preparation Checklist


Your Cisco 12404 Internet router is shipped with a site log(Table 2-1). Keep your site log in a location near the router where anyone who performs tasks can have access to it. Site log entries might include the following.

Installation Progress
Make entries in the site log to record installation progress. You can note any difficulties encountered and remedies during the installation process.

Upgrades, Removals, and Replacement Procedures


Use the site log as a record of system maintenance and expansion history.

FRU installed, removed, or replaced Cisco 12404 Internet router configuration changes Software upgrades Corrective or preventive maintenance procedures performed Intermittent problems Your comments

Table 2-1 shows a sample site log. You can make copies of the sample or design your own site log.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

2-21

Chapter 2 Site Preparation Checklist

Preparing for Installation

Table 2-1

Sample Site Log

Date

Description of Action Performed or Symptom Observed

Initials

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

2-22

OL-11636-01

C H A P T E R

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router


This chapter describes how to do the initial installation and setup of a Cisco 12404 Internet router. It includes:

Installing a Cisco 12404 Internet Router, page 3-2 Connecting RP and Line Card Cables, page 3-11 Connecting to the Console Port and Auxiliary Ports, page 3-13 Connecting to an AC Power Source, page 3-28 Connecting the Router to a DC Power Source, page 3-33 Connecting a DC PDU and DC PEM Assembly, page 3-34 Cisco IOS Software Configuration for the Cisco 12404 Internet Router, page 3-39 Cisco IOS Software Images, page 3-40 Conditions to Check before System Startup, page 3-40 Boot Process Overview, page 3-41 Starting the Router and Observing Initial Conditions, page 3-42 Manually Booting the System, page 3-49 Configuring the Router, page 3-52 Using Flash Memory Cards in the RP, page 3-70

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-1

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installing a Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Installing a Cisco 12404 Internet Router


This section provides the procedures for installing the Cisco 12404 router and contains the following sections:

Installing the Chassis in a Rack Center-Mount Brackets Installing the Chassis on a Tabletop or Flat Surface

Figure 3-1 shows the main components of the Cisco 12404 router.

Note

Illustration is shown without the front door for clarity.


Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Figure 3-1

CLEAN
WITH ALCOHOL WIPES BEFORE CONNECTING

CONNECTOR

CLASS 1 LASER LASERPRODUKT PRODUCT PRODUIT LASER DER KLASSE 1 DE CLASSE 1 PRODUCTO LASER DE CLASSE 1

0 1 2 3

TX RX
ACTIVE CARRIER

T EC EJ

-1 OT SL -0 OT SL

T SE RE

RX PKT

CO

NS

OL

LL CO RX

-45 RJ

40C48/POS -SR-SC

K LIN
CR

TX I MI
IC MA MI AL JO NO R R

IT

GIGABIT ROUTE PROCESSO R


MBUS
ALARM FABRIC

FAIL ENABLE

CONSOLI

DATED

SWITCH

FABRIC

1 2 3

Line card Line card Route Processor

4 5

CSF card Rack mounting bracket

Before you install your Cisco 12404 Internet router, your installation site should already be prepared.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-2

66275

AU

Chapter 3 Installing a Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Ensure that you have considered the following before you install the router:

Mounted at the left side of the chassis is the fan tray, the exhaust vents should not be blocked. Facing the rear of the router, mounted on the left side is the air filter; air flow to the air filter should not be blocked. 24 inches (61 centimeters) of clearance in front of the chassis may be needed for working with line cards, attaching Network Interface Cables (NICs), the CSF or the RP. Location is temperature-controlled, air-conditioned and dust-free. Power cables and power supplies have been checked for compatibility with your power service. Labels on the equipment have been checked to ensure that the power service at your site is suitable for the Cisco 12404 router.

Warning

Do not mix power supply input types in the Cisco 12404 router. All power supplies installed in a router must be either AC PEMs or DC PEMs.

AC and DC power source voltage receptacles are easy to reach.

Rack-Mounting Bracket Installation


Mounting brackets are shipped with every Cisco 12404 router, these brackets are optional; you can install the Cisco 12404 router in the rack without using rack mounting brackets.

Tools Needed
You need the following items to install the optional rack-mounting brackets.

Number 2 Phillips screwdriver Tape measure (optional) Level (optional)

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-3

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installing a Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Rack-Mounting Bracket Installation


The mounting brackets temporarily bear the weight of the router while it is being positioned in the rack for permanent installation. These brackets can be left in place following router installation. Two or more people should install the router to minimize the risk of personal injury and damage to the equipment. Installing the mounting brackets is presented in this section.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9

Measure and mark the hole at the same height on both the left and right rack rails. Hold the right bracket against the right mounting rail and align the bottom screw hole in the bracket with the marked screw hole. While supporting the bracket against the mounting rail with one hand, use the other hand to insert a screw through a hole in the rack-mounting bracket. Use your fingers to tighten the screw. Insert a second screw in the top hole in the bracket and finger tighten the screw. Mount the left rack-mounting bracket the same as you mounted the right bracket. Measure the two brackets to ensure they are positioned at the same height. Use a level to ensure the tops of the two brackets are level, or use a measuring tape to ensure that each bracket is the same distance from the top of both rack rails. Use a screwdriver to tighten all the screws (Figure 3-2).

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-4

Chapter 3 Installing a Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Figure 3-2

Rack-Mounting Brackets

1 1/4" 2 1/2"

1/16" sheet metal 3 3/8"

3/4" Left mounting rail Right mounting rail

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-5

57802

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installing a Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Installing the Chassis in a Rack


Installing the Cisco 12404 router in a rack is presented in this section. It is recommended that two people perform the following steps, to mount the chassis in a rack. This procedure assumes you have unpacked the router using the Cisco 12404 router Unpacking Instructions document number 78-13618-01, posted on the outside of the shipping container.
Step 1 Step 2

Move the router as close to the installation location as possible without interfering with the installation process One person should grasp the front and the other person grasp the rear of the chassis, bending your knees as you lift the chassis off of the pallet and position the chassis in the rack. If a third person is needed, have that person install the screws to secure the chassis to the rack. Look at the bottom mounting holes on the chassis. Align one of the holes with a mounting hole in the rack. Install one of the mounting screws provided. On the other side of the chassis adjust the position of the chassis so that the same mounting hole in the bottom group of mounting holes is aligned with a hole in the rack. Install one of the mounting screws provided. Repeat Step 4 through Step 8 for additional mounting holes. Use a screwdriver to tighten all the screws.

Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Step 7 Step 8 Step 9

Center-Mount Brackets
If you plan to install the Cisco 12404 router in the center-mount position, you must first install the center-mount brackets on the equipment rack rails, then secure the chassis to the center-mount brackets.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-6

Chapter 3 Installing a Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

The optional center-mount bracket installation kit ships in an accessories box included in the Cisco 12404 router shipping container. If any parts are missing, contact a Cisco service representative for assistance.

Required Tools
You need the following items to install the optional center-mount brackets.

Number 2 Phillips screwdriver Tape measure (optional) Level (optional)

Center-Mount Brackets
Installation instructions using the optional center-mount brackets are presented in the following steps.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Measure and mark the hole at the same height on both the left and right posts. Hold the right bracket against the right rack rail and align the bottom screw hole in the bracket with the marked screw hole. While supporting the bracket against the rack rail with one hand, use the other hand to insert a screw through a hole in the center-mount bracket that aligns with a hole on the rack rail. Use your fingers to tighten the screw. Insert a second screw in the top hole in the bracket and finger tighten the screw. Use a screwdriver to tighten all the screws (Figure 3-3).

Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-7

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installing a Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Figure 3-3

Center-Mount Brackets

CLEAN
WITH ALCOHOL WIPES BEFORE CONNECTING

CONNECTOR

CLASS 1 LASER LASERPRODUKT PRODUCT PRODUIT LASER DER KLASSE 1 DE CLASSE 1 PRODUCTO LASER DE CLASSE 1

0 1 2 3

TX RX
ACTIVE CARRIER

T EC EJ

-1 OT SL -0 OT SL

T SE RE

RX PKT

E OL NS CO
K LIN
CR

LL CO RX

-45 RJ

40C48/POS -SR-SC

TX I MI
IC MA MI AL JO NO R R

IT

GIGABIT
MBUS
ALARM

ROUTE

PROCESSO

FAIL ENABLE

FABRIC

CONSOLI

DATED

SWITCH

FABRIC

Step 7 Step 8

Mount the left center-mount bracket so that it is at the same height as the right bracket. Use a level to ensure the two brackets are level; or use a measuring tape to ensure the both center-mount brackets are the same distance from the top of both rack mounting rails. Use a screwdriver to tighten all the screws.

Step 9

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-8

66286

X AU

Chapter 3 Installing a Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Installing the Chassis on a Tabletop or Flat Surface


Installing the Cisco 12404 router on a tabletop or stable flat surface is presented in the following steps.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Move the Cisco 12404 router as close to the installation location as possible. With one person positioned at the front and rear of the chassis, lift the chassis off of the pallet and position the chassis on the flat surface. Secure the chassis to the flat surface to ensure it does not fall off.

You can use the same mounting hardware that secured your router to the shipping pallet to secure the chassis to a flat surface.

Supplemental Unit Bonding and Grounding Guidelines


If you are not installing the Cisco 12404 router in a NEBS environment, you can choose to bypass these guidelines and rely on the safety earth ground connection supplied via the 5-15 15A North American plug to the AC power entry modules (PEMs). Bonding and grounding receptacles are intended to satisfy the Telcordia NEBS requirements for supplemental bonding and grounding connections. The Cisco 12404 router chassis requires a safety earth ground connection as part of the power cabling to the router (Figure 3-4).

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-9

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installing a Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Figure 3-4

Supplemental Bonding and Grounding Port for NEBS Compliance

CLEAN
WITH ALCOHOL WIPES BEFORE CONNECTING

CONNECTOR

CLASS 1 LASER LASERPRODUKT PRODUCT PRODUIT LASER DER KLASSE 1 DE CLASSE 1 PRODUCTO LASER DE CLASSE 1

0 1 2 3

TX RX
ACTIVE CARRIER

T EC EJ

-1 OT SL -0 OT SL

T SE RE

RX PKT

AU

CO

NS

OL

LL CO RX

-45 RJ

40C48/POS -SR-SC

K LIN
CR

TX I MI
IC MA MI AL JO NO R R

IT

GIGABIT ROUTE PROCESSO R


MBUS
ALARM FABRIC

FAIL ENABLE

CONSOLI

DATED

SWITCH

FABRIC

We strongly recommend that you connect the central office (CO) ground system or interior equipment grounding system to the chassis. Grounding to the CO system or your interior equipment grounding system meets the network equipment building system (NEBS) bonding and grounding requirement. To meet this requirement, crimp a dual-hole lug to #6 AWG cable and connect the lug to the chassis using two 6.3 mm (M6) screws (see Figure 3-4).

Note

The spacing between the holes on the lug is 0.63 inch (16 mm). A dual-hole lug meeting these specifications can be ordered directly from Cisco (Part Number 32-0607-01).

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-10

66245

Chapter 3 Connecting RP and Line Card Cables

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Connecting RP and Line Card Cables


To connect RP and line card cables to the router (Figure 3-5):
Step 1

Attach an ESD-preventive strap to yourself and to either the chassis, or to a bare metal surface.

Figure 3-5

RP and Line Card Cable-Management Brackets

E R L TIV RIE EL AC CAR RX C 0

Line card cable management bracket


E R L TIV RIE EL AC CAR RX C 0 E R L TIV RIE EL AC CAR RX C 0 E R L TIV RIE EL AC CAR RX C

OC-12/

STM-4

POS

Network interface cables

E R L TIV RIE EL AC CAR RX C 0

E R L TIV RIE EL AC CAR RX C 0

E R L TIV RIE EL AC CAR RX C 0

Velcro strap

OC-12/

STM-4

POS

Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Proceeding from left to right identify the network interface cables (NIC) that attach to the RP or line card. See Figure 3-5. Carefully route the identified NIC through the cable-management tray and over to the card interface port; do this for one NIC at a time. Proceeding from left to right identify the NIC that connects to each card port and connect the NIC to the RP or line card port. Proceeding from left to right carefully wrap the NIC using the velcro straps.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-11

57803

E R L TIV RIE EL AC CAR RX C

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Connecting RP and Line Card Cables

Caution

Carefully adjust the interface cable in the RP or line card cable-management bracket to prevent any kinks or sharp bends in the interface cable. Kinks and sharp bends can destroy or degrade the ability of the optical fiber to propagate the signal-encoded beam of light accurately from one end of the cable to the other. Also, allow adequate strain relief in the interface cable. Route the NIC across the cable-management bracket. Route the cable to the chassis cable-management bracket mounted to the left side of the chassis (Figure 3-6).

Step 6 Step 7

Use the screws packaged with the chassis cable management bracket kit.
Chassis Cable-Management Bracket

Figure 3-6

WITH ALCOHOL WIPES BEFORE CONNECTI NG

CLEAN CONNEC

TOR

CLASS 1 LASER LASERPRODUK PRODUCT T PRODUIT LASER DER KLASSE 1 DE CLASSE 1 PRODUCTO LASER DE CLASSE 1

0 1 2 3
CT

TX RX
ACTIVE CARRIER

EJE

T-1 SLO 0 TSLO

RE

SE

RX PKT

X AU

CO

RX RJ-

45

LIN

TX MII

CR

IT

IC MA M AL JO IN R O

GIGABI
R

T ROUTE

PROCES

SOR

MBUS FAIL ENABLE


ALARM FABRIC

CONSO

LIDATE D SW

ITCH FAB

RIC

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-12

66276

LE SO

CO

LL

40C48/P OS-SR-SC

Chapter 3 Connecting to the Console Port and Auxiliary Ports

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Connecting to the Console Port and Auxiliary Ports


This section provides the information for connecting the console to the router. Both Data Set Ready (DSR) and Data Carrier Detect (DCD) signals are active when the system is running. The console port does not support modem control or hardware flow control. The console port requires a straight-through EIA/TIA-232 cable.

GRP Console and Auxiliary Ports


This section provides connection equipment and pin designation information for the console and auxiliary ports on the GRP. There are several models of the GRP that can be used with the Cisco 12404 router: GRP=, GRP-B=, and GRP-C=.

Note

To comply with Telcordia GR-1089 NEBS standard for electromagnetic compatibility and safety, connect all console, auxiliary, and Ethernet interfaces only to intrabuilding or nonexposed wiring or cabling. The intrabuilding cable must be shielded and the shield must be grounded at both ends. The GRP-C= does not require shielded cables for Class B, EMI compliance.

Note

To properly maintain Class B, EMI compliance, you must use shielded cables on the console and auxiliary ports of the GRP= and GRP-B=. The GRP has two EIA/TIA-232 ports:

DCE DB-25 receptacle for connecting a console terminal, and DTE DB-25 plug for connecting other DTE devices

The DCE-mode auxiliary console port is a DCE- DB-25 and receptacle is used for connecting a console terminal, which you will need to configure the Cisco 12404 router (Figure 3-7).

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-13

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Connecting to the Console Port and Auxiliary Ports

Figure 3-7

GRP Console DCE and Auxiliary DTE Port Connections

EJ EC

Modem

DB-25 female

SL

-1 OT SL -0 OT RE SE T

X AU
LIN K TX

Auxiliary port

Console port
CO LL RX

Console terminal

DB-25 male
M II

GRP

The DTE-mode auxiliary port is a DTE DB-25 plug for connecting a modem or other DCE device (such as a channel service unit/data service unit (CSU/DSU) or another router) to the Cisco 12404 router.

Note

The console and auxiliary ports are asynchronous serial ports; any devices connected to these ports must be capable of asynchronous transmission. (Asynchronous is the most common type of serial device; for example, most modems are asynchronous devices.) Check your terminals documentation to determine the baud rate of the terminal you plan to use. If your documentation does not specify settings use the following terminal settings.
1. 2. 3. 4.

Baud to 9600 Data bits to 8 Parity to no parity Stop bits to 2

You must use an EIA/TIA-232 DCE console cable to connect the terminal to the console port.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

H10735

-4 RJ 5

3-14

Chapter 3 Connecting to the Console Port and Auxiliary Ports

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

GRP Console Port Signals


The console port on the GRP requires a straight-through EIA/TIA-232 cable. Table 3-1 describes the console port pin signals for the GRP.
Table 3-1 GRP Console Port Pin Signals

Pin 1 2 3 6 7 8 20

Signal GND TxD RxD DSR GND DCD DTR

Input/Output Output Input Input Input Output

Description Ground Transmit Data Receive Data Data Set Ready (always on) Ground Data Carrier Detect (always on) Data Terminal Ready

GRP Auxiliary Port Signals


The auxiliary port on the GRP is a DB-25 plug DTE port for connecting a modem or other DCE device (such as a CSU/DSU or other router) to the Cisco 12404 router. There are several models of the GRP that can be used with the Cisco 12404 router: the GRP=, the GRP-B=, and the GRP-C=. In order to maintain Class B EMI compliance, shielded cables must be used on the console and auxiliary ports of the GRP= and GRP-B=. The newer GRP-C= does not require shielded cables for Class B compliance.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-15

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Connecting to the Console Port and Auxiliary Ports

The auxiliary port is located above the console port on the GRP card. The auxiliary port supports hardware flow control and modem control. An example of a modem connection is shown in Figure 3-7. Auxiliary port signals are listed in Table 3-2.
Table 3-2 GRP Auxiliary Port Signals

Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 20 22

Signal Signal Ground TxD RxD RTS CTS DSR Signal Ground CD DTR RING

Input/Output Input Output Input Output Output Output Input Output

Description Signal Ground Transmit Data Receive Data Request To Send (used for hardware flow control) Clear To Send (used for hardware flow control) Data Set Ready Signal Ground Carrier Detect (used for modem control) Data Terminal Ready (used for modem control only) Ring

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-16

Chapter 3 Connecting to the Console Port and Auxiliary Ports

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

PRP Console and Auxiliary Ports


The system console port on the PRP is a DCE RJ-45 receptacle for connecting a data terminal, which you must configure. The console port is labeled Console, as shown in Figure 3-8. Before connecting the console port, check your terminals documentation to determine the baud rate of the terminal you plan to use.

Note

To comply with Telcordia GR-1089 NEBS standard for electromagnetic compatibility and safety, connect all console, auxiliary, Ethernet, and BITS (PRP2) interfaces only to intrabuilding or nonexposed wiring or cabling. The intrabuilding cable must be shielded and the shield must be grounded at both ends. Check your terminals documentation to determine the baud rate of the terminal you plan to use. If your documentation does not specify settings use the following terminal settings:
1. 2. 3. 4.

Baud to 9600 Data bits to 8 Parity to no parity Stop bits to 2

The console port requires a rollover RJ-45 cable.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-17

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Connecting to the Console Port and Auxiliary Ports

Figure 3-8

PRP Console and Auxiliary Port Connections

SL

-1 OT SL 0 OT

PRIMARY
LIN K EN

ETH 0

TX

RX

PRIMARY
LIN K EN

ETH 1

1 2 3

Modem Console terminal RJ-45 Ethernet cables

4 5

Auxiliary port Console port

Note

The console and auxiliary ports are both asynchronous serial ports; any devices connected to these ports must be capable of asynchronous transmission. (Asynchronous is the most common type of serial device; for example, most modems are asynchronous devices.)

PRP Console Port Signals


The console port on the PRP is a DCE RJ-45 receptacle. Table 3-3 lists the signals used on this port.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

70692

TX

RX

AUX CONSOLE

4 5

3-18

Chapter 3 Connecting to the Console Port and Auxiliary Ports

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Table 3-3

PRP Console Port Signals

Console Port Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8


1 1

Signal DTR TxD GND GND RxD DSR

Input/Output Output Output Input Input

Description Data Terminal Ready Transmit Data Signal Ground Signal Ground Receive Data Data Set Ready

1. These pins are not connected.

PRP Auxiliary Port Signals


The auxiliary port on the PRP is a DTE, RJ-45 plug for connecting a modem or other DCE device (such as a CSU/DSU or another router) to the router. The port is labeled Aux, as shown in Figure 3-8. The asynchronous auxiliary port supports hardware flow control and modem control. Table 3-4 lists the signals used on the auxiliary port.
Table 3-4 PRP Auxiliary Port Signals

Auxiliary Port Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Signal RTS DTR TxD GND GND RxD DSR CTS

Input/Output Description Output Output Output Input Input Input Request To Send Data Terminal Ready Transmit Data Signal Ground Signal Ground Receive Data Data Set Ready Clear To Send

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-19

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Connecting to the Console Port and Auxiliary Ports

Installing a Flash Memory Card


By default, a Flash memory card containing a valid Cisco IOS software image is inserted in bottom slot, PCMCIA slot 0 before the router is shipped.

Note

PCMCIA slot 0 is the bottom slot and slot 1 is the top slot. Both Flash memory card slots on each RP can be used at the same time. The software configuration register is set to 0x0102, which causes the router to boot automatically from the Cisco IOS software image stored on the Flash memory card.

The Flash memory card that shipped with your system is installed in the bottom slot, PCMCIA slot 0 of the RP. See Figure 3-9.
Flash Memory Card Slots

Figure 3-9

T EC EJ

-1 OT SL -0 OT SL

T SE RE

X AU

Ensure that a console terminal is connected to the RP console port and turned on, or that you have a remote login to the router from another device through a telnet session.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

57080

3-20

Chapter 3 Connecting to the Console Port and Auxiliary Ports

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Connecting the GRP to an Ethernet Network


This section provides information for connecting the GRP to an Ethernet network (Figure 3-10).
Figure 3-10 RJ-45 and MII Ethernet Connections
NK LI TX LL CO RX

To repeater or DTE

II M

RJ-45 cable
GIGABIT ROUTE PROCESSOR

5 -4 RJ

To transceiver, repeater, or DTE MII cable

Note

To comply with Telcordia GR-1089 NEBS standard for electromagnetic compatibility and safety, connect all console, auxiliary, and Ethernet interfaces only to intrabuilding or nonexposed wiring or cabling. The intrabuilding cable must be shielded and the shield must be grounded at both ends. Table 3-5 lists the Ethernet MII pin configuration.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-21

H10736

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Connecting to the Console Port and Auxiliary Ports

Figure 3-11

Ethernet MII Receptacle


Pin 1

Jackscrew

Pin 21

Table 3-5

Ethernet MII Pin Configuration

Pin1 14 to17 12 11 13 3 4 to 7 9 10 8 18 19 2 22 to 39 1, 20, 21, 40

In Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Out Yes Yes Yes Yes

Input/Output Yes

Description Transmit Data Transmit Clock Transmit Error Transmit Enable MII Data Clock Receive Data Receive Clock Receive Error Receive Data Valid Collision Carrier Sense MII Data Input/Output Common +5.0 V

H6538

Code (TxD) (Tx_CLK)2 (Tx_ER) (Tx_EN) (MDC) (RxD) (Rx_CLK) (Rx_ER) (Rx_DV) (COL) (CRS) (MDIO) (Ground) (V)

1. Pins not listed are not in use. 2. Tx_CLK and Rx_CLK are provided by the external transceiver.

Figure 3-12 shows the Ethernet RJ-45 receptacle.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-22

Chapter 3 Connecting to the Console Port and Auxiliary Ports

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Figure 3-12

Ethernet RJ-45 Receptacle

87654321

RJ-45 connector

Ethernet RJ-45 Receptacle Pin Configuration


The pin configuration of the female RJ-45 receptacle on the Ethernet port follows in Table 3-6.
Table 3-6 Ethernet RJ-45 Receptacle Pin Configuration

Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Signal TX+ TX RX+ Termination Network Termination Network RX Termination Network Termination Network

Warning

The ports labeled Ethernet, 10BASE T, Token Ring, Console, and AUX are safety extra-low voltage (SELV) circuits. SELV circuits should only be-connected to other SELV circuits. Because the basic line interface (BRI) circuits are treated like telephone-network voltage, avoid connecting the SELV circuit to the telephone network voltage (TNV) circuits.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-23

H2936

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Connecting to the Console Port and Auxiliary Ports

Connecting the PRP to an Ethernet Network


This section provides information for connecting the GRP to an Ethernet network. There are two RJ-45 Ethernet interface receptacles on the PRP, providing media-dependent interface (MDI) Ethernet ports. These connections support IEEE 802.3 and IEEE 802.3u interfaces compliant with 10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX standards. The transmission speed of the Ethernet ports is auto-sensing by default and is user configurable. The RJ-45 receptacles on the PRP provide two physical connection options for Ethernet interfaces. RJ-45 cables are not available from Cisco Systems; they are available from outside commercial cable vendors. To connect cables to the PRPs Ethernet interfaces (ports labeled ETH0 and ETH1), attach the Category 5 UTP cable directly to a RJ-45 receptacle on the PRP. The Ethernet interfaces on the PRP are end-station devices, not repeaters; therefore, you must connect an Ethernet interface to a repeater or hub.

Note

Only connect cables that comply with EIA/TIA-568 standards. (See Table 3-8 and Table 3-9 for cable recommendations and specifications.)

Note

To comply with Telcordia GR-1089 NEBS standard for electromagnetic compatibility and safety, connect all console, auxiliary, Ethernet, and BITS (PRP2) interfaces only to intrabuilding or nonexposed wiring or cabling. The intrabuilding cable must be shielded and the shield must be grounded at both ends.

Caution

The Ethernet ports are primarily used as a Telnet port into the Cisco 12000 series router, and for booting or accessing Cisco IOS software images over a network to which an Ethernet port is directly connected. Cisco Express Forwarding (CEF) functions are switched off by default for security reasons. Cisco strongly cautions you to consider the security implications of switching on CEF routing functions on these ports.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-24

Chapter 3 Connecting to the Console Port and Auxiliary Ports

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Figure 3-13 is an example of the functionality of an Ethernet port. In this example, you cannot access Network 2.0.0.0 through the Ethernet port (ETH0) on the PRP in router A; you can only access the hosts and router C, which are in Network 1.0.0.0. (See dotted arrows in Figure 3-13.) To access Network 2.0.0.0 from router A, you must use an interface port on one of your line cards (in this example, a Packet-over-SONET (POS) line card in router A) to go through router B, through router C, and into Network 2.0.0.0. (See solid arrows in Figure 3-13.)
Figure 3-13 Using the Ethernet Port on the PRP
Network 1.0.0.0 Router A (Cisco 12000 series) Host A EO

POS Host B Network 2.0.0.0 EO Router B (Cisco 7500 series) Router C (Cisco 7500 series)

Host A

PRP Ethernet Connections


Figure 3-14 shows a PRP RJ-45 receptacle and cable connectors. The RJ-45 connection does not require an external transceiver. The RJ-45 connection requires Category 5 unshielded twisted-pair (UTP) cables, which are not available from Cisco Systems, but are available from commercial cable vendors. Table 3-7 lists the port pinouts for the RJ-45 receptacle.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-25

S6755

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Connecting to the Console Port and Auxiliary Ports

Figure 3-14

RJ-45 Receptacle and Plug (Horizontal Orientation)

87654321

RJ-45 connector

Warning

The ports labeled Ethernet, 10BASE-T, Token Ring, Console, and AUX are safety extra-low voltage (SELV) circuits. SELV circuits should only be connected to other SELV circuits. Because the BRI circuits are treated like telephone-network voltage, avoid connecting the SELV circuit to the telephone network voltage (TNV) circuits.
Table 3-7 PRP RJ-45 Ethernet Receptacle Pinout

Ethernet Port Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Signal TxD+ TxD RxD+ Termination Network Termination Network RxD Termination Network Termination Network

Description Transmit data + Transmit data Receive data + No connection No connection Receive data No connection No connection

Depending on your RJ-45 cabling requirements, use the cable pinouts shown in Figure 3-15 or Figure 3-16.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

210222

3-26

Chapter 3 Connecting to the Console Port and Auxiliary Ports

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Figure 3-15

Straight-Through Cable PinoutConnecting MDI Ethernet Port to MDI-X Wiring


MDI-X wiring 1 RxD+ 2 RxD
H11007 75431

MDI wiring 1 TxD+ 2 TxD

3 RxD+ 6 RxD

3 TxD+ 6 TxD

Figure 3-16
PRP 1 TxD+ 2 TxD

Crossover Cable Pinout (for Connecting Two PRPs)


PRP 1 TxD+ 2 TxD

3 RxD+ 6 RxD

3 RxD+ 6 RxD

Table 3-8 lists the cabling specifications for 100-Mbps transmission over unshielded twisted-pair (UTP) cables.

Note

The transmission speed of the Ethernet ports is auto-sensing by default and is user configurable.
Table 3-8 Specifications and Connection Limits for 100-Mbps Transmission

Parameter Cable specification Cable length (max) Segment length (max) Network length (max)

RJ-45 Category 51 UTP, 22 to 24 AWG2 328 feet (100 m) for 100BASE-TX 656 feet (200 m)3 (with 1 repeater)

1. EIA/TIA-568 or EIA-TIA-568 TSB-36 compliant. Not supplied by Cisco. 2. AWG = American Wire Gauge. This gauge is specified by the EIA/TIA-568 standard.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-27

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Connecting to an AC Power Source

3. This length is specifically between any two stations on a repeated segment.

Table 3-9 lists IEEE 802.3u physical characteristics for 100BASE-TX.


Table 3-9 IEEE 802.3u Physical Characteristics

Parameter Data rate (Mbps) Signaling method Maximum segment length Media Topology
1. DTE = data terminal equipment.

100BASE-TX 100 Baseband 100 m between DTE1 and repeaters Category 5 UTP (for RJ-45) Star/Hub

Connecting to an AC Power Source


This section provides the procedure for connecting your router to an AC power source. A power factor corrector (PFC) allows the PEM to accept AC power source voltage from an AC power source operating between 100-120 VAC, 15-Amp service in North America; and a range of 185-264 VAC, 10-Amp service in an international environment.

Caution

The AC PEM weighs 14.0 pounds (6.35 kg.). Use two hands when handling a PEM. Attach an ESD-preventive strap to yourself and to either the chassis, or to a bare metal surface. Using two hands to support and guide the PEM, slide it into the PEM bay. Push the PEM all the way into the bay until the PEM connector engages the backplane connector. Tighten the captive screws on the PEM faceplate (Figure 3-17).

Step 1 Step 2

Step 3

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-28

Chapter 3 Connecting to an AC Power Source

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Figure 3-17

AC PEM

INPUT OK

OUTPUT OUT OK

PUT FAIL

INPUT 100-240 V 12A 50/80HZ

1 2 3

AC PEM handle On/Off switch Bail Latch

4 5 6

Power cord receptacle LEDs Captive screws

All electrical connections between the power supply and the backplane are made automatically when the power supply is fully inserted in the power supply bay.

Step 4

Locate the AC power cord and remove it from its shipping packaging. Verify that the AC power cord shipped with the power supply is the correct type for your site.

Note

If you have an incorrect type of power cord, contact your service representative for a replacement.

Step 5 Step 6

Plug the AC power cord into the AC PEM. Connect the other end of the AC power cord to the AC power source outlet.

Note

We recommend attaching each AC PEM to an independent power source for full redundancy. We also recommend that you use an uninterruptable power source (UPS) to protect against power failures at your site.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-29

OL-11636-01

66289

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Connecting to an AC Power Source

Step 7

Verify that the AC power source circuit breaker servicing the AC PEM is switched on (Figure 3-18).

Caution

Turn the AC PEM power switch OFF.


Figure 3-18 AC PEM LEDs

INPUT OK

OUTPUT OUTPUT OK FAIL

INPUT 100-240 V 12A 50/80HZ

INPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT FAIL OK OK

1 2 3

INPUT OK OUTPUT OK OUTPUT FAIL

Green Green Amber

AC is present and within specified limits Power supply module is operating normally in a powered up condition Power module is operating in a fault condition and shutdown has occurred

Note

When operating your router on an AC power source, both PEM bays must have all AC PEMs installed to ensure compliance with regulatory EMI standards.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-30

66290

Chapter 3 Connecting to an AC Power Source

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Powering On the Router


Power on the router by switching on all the circuit breakers and/or plug the power cord into an active power source that controls power to the routers AC PEM or DC power distribution unit (PDU).

Note

During the first-time startup, the system displays the system banner information.

Checking the Startup


Check the startup banner and displays to ensure that the system has restarted properly and that all the interfaces reinitialize properly. You should observe the power module LEDs shown in figures Figure 3-18. Also, listen for the fans in the fan tray, you should immediately hear them operating. In a noisy environment, the fans might be difficult to hear; therefore, place your hand in front of the exhaust vents at the side of the chassis to verify that the fans are operating. Visually check the CSF LEDs, MBus LEDs on the CSF, and the RP LEDs on the RP (Figure 3-19). RP LEDs are located at one end of the RP faceplate, near the ejector lever. Figure 3-25 shows the RP LED displays. Table 3-10 lists the CSF LEDs.
Figure 3-19 CSF LEDs
CR ITIC MA MIN AL JOR OR

MBUS
ALARM FABRIC

FAIL ENABLE

CR

ITI

M M CA AJO INO R R L

MBUS
ALARM FABRIC

FAIL ENABLE

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-31

OL-11636-01

66246

CONSOLIDATED SWITCH FABRIC

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Connecting to an AC Power Source

Table 3-10

CSF LEDs

Switch Fabric LEDs CRITICAL MAJOR MINOR

Status Off Off Off

Condition Normally Off Normally Off Normally Off

Table 3-11 lists the CSF MBus alarm LEDs, and Table 3-12 lists the CSF MBus LEDs.
Table 3-11 CSF MBus Alarm LEDs

MBus Alarm LEDs FAIL ENABLE

Status Off ON

Condition Normally Off Normally On

Table 3-12

CSF MBus LEDs

MBus Fabric LEDs FAIL ENABLE

Status Off ON

Condition Normally Off Normally On

On the console terminal, verify that the console displays the system banner and that the system and all interfaces initialize successfully. If the power supplies do not power up, or if the system or any interfaces do not initialize properly, see Chapter 4, Troubleshooting the Installation. If you are still unable to resolve the problem, contact your Cisco service representative for assistance.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-32

Chapter 3 Connecting the Router to a DC Power Source

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Connecting the Router to a DC Power Source


This section provides the procedure for connecting your router to a DC power source (Figure 3-20).

Note

We recommend each DC PDU be connected to an independent power source for full redundancy. We also recommend that you use an uninterruptable power source (UPS) to protect against power failures at your site.
Figure 3-20 DC Power PEM and PDU Assembly

INP UT 48/ 60V 35A

INPUT OUTPUT OK OK

7 3 6

5 4

1 2 3 4

DC PDU DC (PEM) System captive screw LEDs

5 6 7

On/Off switch PEM to PDU captive screws Terminal Block

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-33

OL-11636-01

66295

OUTPUT FAIL

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Connecting a DC PDU and DC PEM Assembly

Connecting a DC PDU and DC PEM Assembly


Each DC PDU should be connected to separate DC sources using six threaded terminals. Two terminals for negative (source DC), two terminals for positive (source DC return), and two terminals for ground. The DC power cable leads should be 6 American Wiring Gauge (AWG) high strand count wire. The PEM accepts DC power source voltage from a dedicated 35Amp service DC power source operating between -48 to -60 VDC.

Caution

The DC PEM and DC PDU assembly weighs 14.0 pounds (6.35 kg.). Use two hands when handling the power supply.

Warning

Power to your router must be Off and all cables disconnected before you install the DC power assembly. The DC PDU and DC PEM when connected, is not a hot-swappable, field replaceable unit.

Use this procedure to install the DC PEM and DC PDU in your router. The DC power module housing is located at the rear of the chassis.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Attach an ESD-preventive strap to yourself and to either the chassis, or to a bare metal surface. Insert the DC power module into the power module bay at the rear of the chassis Press the power supply against the backplane until the connectors are seated against the backplane receptacles.

Figure 3-21 shows the rear view of a Cisco 12404 router with the DC PDU installed. All electrical connections between the power supply and the backplane are made automatically when the power supply is fully inserted in the power supply bay.

Step 4

Tighten all of the captive screws on the faceplate.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-34

Chapter 3 Connecting a DC PDU and DC PEM Assembly

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Step 5

Use a 1/4-inch screwdriver to tighten the captive screws on the DC PDU (Figure 3-22).

Figure 3-21

DC Powered Cisco 12404 Internet Router Rear View

INPUT 48/60V 35A

INPUT OK

OUTPU T OK

OUTPU T FAIL

INPUT 48/60V 35A

INPUT OK

OUTPU T OK

OUTPU T FAIL

Figure 3-22

DC PDU Power Block

+
GN

1 2

D 3
66949

1 2

Negative Terminal Port Positive Terminal Port

3 4

Ground Terminal Port Terminal Port Connector Screws

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-35

66288

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Connecting a DC PDU and DC PEM Assembly

Step 6 Step 7

Secure each lead to the proper terminal port by tightening the terminal port connector screws with a 3/16-inch flat-blade screw driver. Verify that the DC power source circuit breaker servicing the DC PEM is switched on.

Powering On the Router


Power on the router by switching on all the circuit breakers and/or plug the power cord into an active power source that controls power to the routers AC PEM or DC power distribution unit (PDU).

Note

During the first-time startup, the system displays the system banner information.

Checking the Startup


Check the startup banner and displays to ensure that the system has restarted properly and that all the interfaces reinitialize properly. You should observe the power module LEDs shown in figures. Also, listen for the fans in the fan tray, you should immediately hear them operating. In a noisy environment, the fans might be difficult to hear; therefore, place your hand in front of the exhaust vents at the side of the chassis to verify that the fans are operating. Visually check the CSF LEDs (Figure 3-23), MBus LEDs on the CSF, and the RP LEDs on the RP. RP LEDs are located at one end of the RP faceplate, near the ejector lever. Figure 3-25 shows the RP LED displays. Table 3-13, Table 3-14, and Table 3-15 define the LEDs.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-36

Chapter 3 Connecting a DC PDU and DC PEM Assembly

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Figure 3-23

CSF LEDs
CR ITIC MA MIN AL JOR OR

MBUS
ALARM FABRIC

FAIL ENABLE

CR

ITI

M M CA AJO INO R R L

MBUS
ALARM FABRIC

FAIL ENABLE

Table 3-13

CSF LEDs

Switch Fabric LEDs CRITICAL MAJOR MINOR

Status Off Off Off

Condition Normally Off Normally Off Normally Off

Table 3-14

CSF MBus Alarm LEDs

MBus Alarm LEDs FAIL ENABLE

Status Off ON

Condition Normally Off Normally On

Table 3-15

CSF MBus LEDs

MBus Fabric LEDs FAIL ENABLE

Status Off ON

Condition Normally Off Normally On

On the console terminal, verify that the console displays the system banner and that the system and all interfaces initialize successfully.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-37

OL-11636-01

66246

CONSOLIDATED SWITCH FABRIC

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Connecting a DC PDU and DC PEM Assembly

DC Power Entry Module LEDs


Verify the DC PEM LEDs are on and that the status is O.K (Figure 3-24).
Figure 3-24 DC PEM LEDs

INP UT 48/ 60V 35A

INPUT OK

OUTPUT OK

2
INPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OK FAIL OK

1 2 3 4

DC PDU DC PEM INPUT OK OUTPUT OK

n/a n/a Green Green

n/a n/a DC is present and within specified limits Power supply module is operating normally in a powered up condition Power module is operating in a fault condition and shutdown has occurred

OUTPUT FAIL

Amber

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-38

66399

OUTPUT FAIL

Chapter 3 Cisco IOS Software Configuration for the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

If the power assembly does not power up, or if the system or any interfaces do not initialize properly, see Chapter 4, Troubleshooting the Installation,. If you are still unable to resolve the problem, contact your Cisco service representative for assistance.

Cisco IOS Software Configuration for the Cisco 12404 Internet Router
This section provides you with the necessary information to configure your system so that it can access the network or enable other hosts in the network to access your system remotely by means of a Telnet connection. The system startup process and a procedure for performing a basic configuration of your Cisco 12404 Internet router are presented in the following sections.

Cisco IOS Software Images, page 3-40 Conditions to Check before System Startup, page 3-40 Boot Process Overview, page 3-41 Starting the Router and Observing Initial Conditions, page 3-42 Manually Booting the System, page 3-49 Configuring the Router, page 3-52 Using Flash Memory Cards in the RP, page 3-70

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-39

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Cisco IOS Software Images

Cisco IOS Software Images


A default Cisco IOS software image for your system is available through any of the following internal or external sources(Table 3-16):
Table 3-16 Cisco IOS Software Image Sources

Cisco Software Image Onboard Flash Memory on the RP

Source The latest Cisco IOS software image is loaded into the Flash memory, a single inline memory module (SIMM) is preloaded at the factory before the router is shipped. The Flash memory SIMM is also referred to as nonvolatile random access memory (NVRAM). This type of memory retains its contents when you turn off system power. A Flash memory card inserted in a PCMCIA slot on the RP, and loaded with the default software image, can serve as an external storage medium for the default Cisco IOS software image shipped with your router. You can download and store a valid Cisco IOS software image via a Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) using a Telnet connection.

Flash Memory Card

TFTP Server

Conditions to Check before System Startup


This section provides information on items to check before you startup the router.

All cards are completely inserted into their card cage slots. All captive screws are tightened. All interface cable connections are secure. All the power source cables are secured to the power modules. All power cables are connected to the appropriate power source. A terminal device is connected, powered on and configured to 9600 bps, 8 data bits, no parity, and 2 stop bits (9600,8,N,2). A Flash memory card containing a valid Cisco IOS software image is inserted in PCMCIA slot 0 (zero).

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-40

Chapter 3 Boot Process Overview

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

By default, the software configuration register is set to 0x0102, causing the system to boot automatically from the Cisco IOS software image stored on the Flash memory card.

Note

New Flash memory cards must be formatted before you can use them. After you start the router, if you want to format a new Flash memory card, refer to the section Formatting a Flash Memory Card, page 3-72.)

Boot Process Overview


This example procedure assumes you have plugged the router into a power source and the router is running, fan tray assembly fans are audible and the fabric and alarm card ENABLED LEDs are On. The following is an example of a typical boot process.

The RP MBus module receives a +5 VDC voltage and starts executing MBus software. The RP determines the router configuration by sending a message via the alarm function on the CSF requesting all installed devices to identify themselves. Their responses provide slot numbers and card and component types. The RP and line cards are then powered up. The power-on-reset logic of the RP is delayed long enough to allow power and both local and CSF clocks to stabilize. After the power-on reset logic is released, the RP begins to execute the ROM monitor software. If the ROM monitor is configured to autoboot, it automatically loads and boots the Cisco IOS software. If the ROM monitor is not configured to autoboot, you must boot the Cisco IOS software manually. See Manually Booting the System, page 3-49. When the Cisco IOS software boots, it polls all other cards in the system, powers them up, and loads the Cisco IOS software they require.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-41

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Starting the Router and Observing Initial Conditions

Starting the Router and Observing Initial Conditions


Observe the following conditions the first time you start your router.
AC PEM

When an AC PEM is seated in its bay, the On/Off switch is On and is receiving the required AC power source.

Two Green LEDs labeled INPUT OK and OUTPUT OK are on. Each power supply fan is on. Amber LED labeled OUTPUT FAIL is off. All cards are fully inserted in the card and CSF cage All captive screws are tight Line card cable-management brackets are attached to their respective line cards Interface cables are routed neatly through the line card cable-management bracket Interface cables are completely seated in their line card connectors Interface cables are routed neatly through the chassis cable-management bracket

Caution

Do not overtighten the captive screws on the cards you might strip the threads on the screw or in the insert in the component faceplate.

PEMs are fully inserted in to each AC PEM bay or DC PDU and DC PEM bay PEM cables are fully connected to the PEM Power cables are fully connected to the PDU, the power source and are secured with appropriate strain relief. Empty card slots or card bays are filled with card blanks to ensure proper air flow through the chassis and electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

Listen for the fans in the fan tray; they should be running. In a noisy environment, the fan might be difficult to hear. You should place your hand near the exhaust vents at the side of the chassis to verify that the fan is operating.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-42

Chapter 3 Starting the Router and Observing Initial Conditions

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

RP Alphanumeric LEDs
RP LEDs are located at one end of the RP faceplate, near the ejector lever. Figure 3-25 shows the RP alphanumeric LED displays.
Figure 3-25 RP Alphanumeric LED Displays
Right alphanumeric LED display (four digits)

Left alphanumeric LED display (four digits)

Each four-digit display shows part of a two-line system message. During the RP boot process, the LED displays present a sequence of messages similar to that shown in Table 3-17.
Table 3-17 RP LED Display, Definition and Source

LED Display

Definition

57079

Source

MROM The MBus microcode begins to execute; nnnn is the microcode version MBus controller nnnn number. For example, microcode version 1.17 displays as 0117.1
Note This display might not be visible because it occurs for only a brief time.

LMEM TEST MEM INIT RP RDY RP UP

Low memory on the RP is being tested. The size of main memory on the RP is being discovered. The system is operational and ready to execute basic Cisco IOS software commands at the ROM monitor prompt (rommon>). A valid Cisco IOS image is running.

RP ROM monitor RP ROM monitor RP ROM monitor RP IOS software

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-43

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Starting the Router and Observing Initial Conditions

Table 3-17

RP LED Display, Definition and Source (continued)

LED Display PRI RP SEC RP

Definition The RP is enabled and recognized as the system primary. A valid Cisco IOS image is running. The RP is enabled and recognized as the system secondary. A valid Cisco IOS image is running.

Source RP IOS software RP IOS software

1. The version of MBus microcode running on your system might be different.

GRP Interfaces Using the PRP LEDs


The RJ-45 and MII port LEDs on the GRP indicate:

System and RP status. Which Flash memory card slot is active. Which Ethernet connection is in use. What is occurring on the Ethernet interface.

A successful GRP boot is indicated by the alphanumeric LED displays. The GRP faceplate has eight device or port LED activity indicators. Each LED goes on when its corresponding PCMCIA slot is accessed.

2 PCMCIA slot activity LEDs labeled SLOT 0 and SLOT 1. 4 RJ-45 Ethernet port activity LEDs. These LEDs are used only by the RJ-45 Ethernet connector, and are disabled when the MII Ethernet port is in use. 2 Ethernet port-selection LEDs labeled MII and RJ-45.

When the Ethernet port LEDs are lit, they identify which one of the two Ethernet connections you have selected. When the RJ-45 port is selected, that LED is on and the MII LED is Off. When the MII port is selected, that LED is On and the RJ-45 LED is Off (Figure 3-26).

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-44

Chapter 3 Starting the Router and Observing Initial Conditions

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Figure 3-26

RP RJ-45 and MII Ports LEDs

EJ EC T

SL SL OT OT -0 -1

RE SE T

LINK COLL TX RX

Indicates link activity Indicates collision detection Indicates data transmission Indicates data reception

PRP Interfaces Using the PRP LEDs


The RJ-45 port LEDs on the PRP indicate:

System and PRP status. Which Flash memory card slot is active. Which Ethernet connection is in use. What is occurring on the Ethernet interface.

A successful PRP boot is indicated by the alphanumeric LED displays. The PRP faceplate (Figure 3-27) has 8 device or port LED activity indicators. Each LED goes on when its corresponding PCMCIA slot is accessed.

2 PCMCIA slot activity LEDs labeled SLOT 0 and SLOT 1. 4 RJ-45 Ethernet port activity LEDs. These LEDs are used by the RJ-45 Ethernet connectors. Each connector includes a set of 4 LEDs that indicate link activity (LINK), port enabled (EN), data transmission (TX), and data reception (RX).

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-45

OL-11636-01

57075

X AU
K LIN MI I TX

RJ -4 5

CO

RX

LL

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Starting the Router and Observing Initial Conditions

2 Ethernet port-selection LEDs labeled PRIMARY.These two LEDs, when on, identify which of the two Ethernet connections are selected. Because both ports are supported on the PRP, the LED on port ETH0 is always on. The ETH1 LED goes on when it is selected.
PRP LEDs

Figure 3-27

ETH 0
SL SL OT OT -0 -1 RX

ETH 1
RX EN TX
70693

EN

TX

PRIMARY

PRIMARY

LINK EN TX RX

Indicates link activity Indicates the port is enabled Indicates data transmission Indicates data reception

Line Card Interfaces Using the Line Card LEDs


During the line card boot process, which occurs immediately after the RP boot process, observe the alphanumeric LED displays on each line card (Table 3-18). The alphanumeric LED displays on a line card are located in the same place as on the RP. The system attempts to boot identical line cards in parallel. Further, the system boots line cards as soon as they are powered on and become available for backup.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

LIN K

LIN

3-46

Chapter 3 Starting the Router and Observing Initial Conditions

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Table 3-18

Line Card LED Display, Definition, and Source

LED Display1 MROM nnnn LMEM TEST MEM INIT ROMI GET FABL WAIT FABL DNLD FABL STRT FABL RUN IOS DNLD IOS STRT IOS UP IOS RUN

Definition

Source

MBus microcode begins to execute; nnnn is the microcode MBus controller version number. For example, microcode version 1.17 would display as 0117.2 Low memory on the line card is being tested. Main memory on the line card is being discovered. ROM image is being loaded into line card memory. Line card is waiting for the fabric downloader to load.3 Fabric downloader is being loaded into line card memory. Fabric downloader is being launched. Fabric downloader has been launched and is running. Cisco IOS software is being downloaded into line card memory. Cisco IOS software is being launched. Cisco IOS software is running. Line card is enabled and ready for use. Line card ROM monitor Line card ROM monitor RP Cisco IOS software RP Cisco IOS software RP Cisco IOS software RP Cisco IOS software RP Cisco IOS software RP Cisco IOS software RP Cisco IOS software RP Cisco IOS software RP Cisco IOS software

1. The LED sequence shown in Table 3-18 might occur too quickly for you to view. The sequence in this table is provided as an example of how the line cards should function at startup. 2. The numeric display might not be visible, because it occurs for only a brief time. 3. The fabric downloader loads the Cisco IOS software image onto the line card.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-47

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Starting the Router and Observing Initial Conditions

Tip

When you start an unconfigured system for the first time, the console screen displays a system banner and then automatically starts the System Configuration Dialogue. Observe the Cisco IOS banner on the console screen. If a Flash memory card containing a valid Cisco IOS software image is inserted in PCMCIA slot 0 and the software configuration register is set to 0x0102 (the factory default setting), the router automatically boots using this image. As the router boots the Cisco IOS software image, the console screen displays a system banner similar to the following.
Cisco Internetwork Operating System Software IOS (tm) GS Software (IR-P-M), Experimental Version 12.0(20020120:204554) [Krathay] Copyright (c) 1986-2002 by cisco Systems, Inc. Compiled Sat 20-Apr-02 18:34 by kragily . . .

Note

The system banner that appears depends on the image version of the Cisco IOS software that the system is running. If the ROM monitor prompt (rommon>) appears on the system console, your router did not find a valid system image, or the boot sequence was otherwise interrupted, and the system entered read-only memory (ROM) monitor mode. To boot a Cisco IOS software image manually, enter the boot command on the system console. For information on using one of the various forms of the boot command, see the following sections.

Booting from the Cisco IOS Software Image, page 3-51 Locating a Valid Cisco IOS Software Image, page 3-50

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-48

Chapter 3 Manually Booting the System

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

System Configuration Dialogue


The following information is an example of a System Configuration Dialog interactive script message you will see on the system console. This interactive script prompts you through the steps to create a router configuration database file defining basic system operation parameters.
--- System Configuration Dialog --Continue with configuration dialog? [yes/no]:

External Network Interface


After configuration, the RP and line cards can communicate with external networks. You do not need to configure the network interfaces immediately, but you cannot connect to a network until you configure the interfaces for operation in your networking environment. (For configuration information, see Configuring the Router, page 3-52.)

Note

The interface-specific LEDs on the line cards go on when the line card interfaces are configured. To verify correct operation of each line card interface, complete the first-time setup procedures and configuration, then check the status of the interfaces against the LED descriptions in the configuration notes for each line card. If the system does not complete each of the boot process steps, go to Chapter 4, Troubleshooting the Installation.

Manually Booting the System


If your router does not find a valid system configuration image, or if you interrupt the boot sequence, the system might enter read-only memory (ROM) monitor mode and display the ROM monitor prompt (rommon>). From ROM monitor mode, you have access to a number of commands to locate and boot a valid system image.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-49

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Manually Booting the System

Locating a Valid Cisco IOS Software Image


To locate a Cisco IOS software image for manually booting the router from the ROM monitor prompt (rommon>), follow these steps.
Step 1

Use the ROM monitor mode dir bootflash command to examine the contents of the onboard Flash memory SIMM (NVRAM) on the RP:
rommon 1> dir bootflash: File size 3277967 bytes (0x32048f) rommon 2> Checksum 0x6b331e30 File name gsr-p-mz.120-7.4.5

Step 2

If the onboard Flash memory SIMM contains the desired Cisco IOS boot image, proceed to the Booting from the Cisco IOS Software Image section on page 3-51. Or, Continue looking for a valid image by examining the contents of the Flash memory card in either PCMCIA slot 0 or slot 1 on the RP. You can determine the content of the card by issuing the ROM monitor mode dir slotn: command, where n represents either 0 (slot 0) or 1 (slot 1). The following example of the command lists the contents of the Flash memory card in slot 0:
rommon 2> dir slot0: File size 3277967 bytes (0x32048f) rommon 3> Checksum 0x6b331e30 File name gsr-p-mz.120-7.4.5

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-50

Chapter 3 Manually Booting the System

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Booting from the Cisco IOS Software Image


After locating a valid Cisco IOS software image, you can boot from that image manually by issuing the appropriate ROM monitor mode boot commands from Table 3-19:
Table 3-19 ROM Monitor Boot Commands and Description

Command boot

Description (No argument.) Boot the default image found in the onboard Flash memory SIMM. The image is loaded into the SIMM at the factory. Attempt to boot the router using the first file found in the Flash memory card inserted in slot 0 (zero) of the RP. Boots the router using the specified file from the Flash memory card in slot 0 of the RP. Boots the router using the specified file from the Flash memory card in slot 1 of the RP.

boot flash

boot slot0: filename boot slot1: filename

boot bootflash: filename Boots the router using the specified file from the onboard Flash memory SIMM (NVRAM) on the RP. boot tftp: filename [host] Boots the router using the specified file from a host TFTP server in the network.

Ensure that the Flash memory card inserted in PCMCIA slot 0 contains a valid Cisco IOS software image; otherwise, you could instruct the system to boot an invalid image from the Flash memory card. To examine the contents of a Flash memory card, enter the dir slotn: command. If you did not change the contents of the software configuration register, the factory default setting of 0x0102 in the software configuration register causes the system to boot Cisco IOS software from a Flash memory card inserted in PCMCIA slot 0 the next time you boot the router.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-51

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Configuring the Router

Configuring the Router


You can perform a basic configuration for your router by using either the setup command automatic prompt method or the global configuration method where you enter each option and parameter manually. The configuration process is mapped into three processes:

Before You Begin, page 3-52 setup Command, page 3-52 Global Configuration Mode, page 3-53

Before You Begin


Before you begin the configuration process for your router, you should have the following information onhand:

Router interfaces Protocols the router is routing Network addresses for the protocols being configured Password scheme for your environment

setup Command
Using the setup command, also known as the setup command utility. During, the first startup of an unconfigured router, the system automatically starts up the setup command utility, which enables you to begin configuring your router. The setup command utility presents a structured, interactive script that guides you through the process. You can also invoke the setup command utility at any time by issuing the setup command at the privileged EXEC mode prompt (Filo#), which invokes the same configuration script that appears automatically during the first startup of an unconfigured router. You can enter the setup command at any time you want to alter previously entered configuration information. The advantage in using the setup command utility is that the system uses an interactive script to guide you through the configuration

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-52

Chapter 3 Configuring the Router

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

process. The setup command utility is described in Using the setup command, also known as the setup command utility. During, the first startup of an unconfigured router, the system automatically starts up the setup command utility, which enables you to begin configuring your router. The setup command utility presents a structured, interactive script that guides you through the process., page 3-52.

Global Configuration Mode


You can configure the router manually using the global configuration mode through the Cisco IOS command line interface (CLI). This method requires you to enter configuration commands on a line-by-line basis at the system console, without being prompted by the setup command configuration script. Global configuration mode is described in Global Configuration Mode, page 3-53.

Cisco IOS User Interface


The Cisco IOS software provides a command line interface that allows you to configure and manage your router. If you are unfamiliar with the Cisco IOS command line interface, you should read the Using the Command Line Interface chapter in the Cisco Configuration Fundamentals Configuration Guide where different command modes, context-sensitive help, and editing features are discussed.

User Interface Command Modes


The Cisco IOS user interface is organized into many different modes. The commands available to you at any given time depend on which mode you are currently in. Entering a question mark (?) at the system prompt displays a list of commands available for the current command mode. When you start a session on the router, you begin in user mode, often called EXEC mode. Only a limited subset of the commands are available in EXEC mode. In order to have access to all commands, you must enter privileged EXEC mode. Normally, you must enter a password to enter privileged EXEC mode. From privileged EXEC mode, you can enter any EXEC command or enter global configuration mode. Most of the EXEC commands are one-time commands, such

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-53

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Configuring the Router

as show commands, which show the current configuration status, and clear commands, which clear counters or interfaces. The EXEC commands are not saved across reboots of the router. The configuration modes allow you to make changes to the running configuration. If you later save the configuration, these commands are stored and can be used when you reboot your router. Start at global configuration mode where you can then enter a specific mode or the system automatically enters ROM monitor mode when the router cannot boot properly.

ROM Monitor Mode


ROM monitor mode is a separate mode used when the router cannot boot properly. If your router does not find a valid system image when it is booting, or if the router configuration file is corrupt at startup, the system might enter ROM monitor mode.

User EXEC Mode


After your router boots successfully and loads the Cisco IOS software, the system software displays the user EXEC mode prompt on the system console. The user EXEC mode prompt consists of the assigned router host name plus the greater than bracket (>). The following example shows the user EXEC mode prompt for a router with the factory default name Router.
Router>

Note

The default host name is router unless it has been changed during initial configuration using the setup command facility.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-54

Chapter 3 Configuring the Router

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Privileged EXEC Mode


Privileged access should be password protected to prevent unauthorized use, because many of the privileged commands set operating parameters. You enter privileged EXEC mode by entering the enable command at the user EXEC mode prompt. If the enable secret password was set and saved in memory, the system prompts you to enter the enable secret password. The password is not displayed on the screen and is case sensitive. When the system accepts the password, it changes the prompt to the privileged EXEC mode prompt, which consists of the assigned router host name followed by the pound sign (#). The following example shows the change from user EXEC mode to privileged EXEC mode on the router named Router.
Router> enable password: <password> Router#

For information about using passwords, see Configuring Global Parameters, page 3-60.

Global Configuration Mode


Global configuration commands apply to features that affect the system as a whole, rather than just one protocol or interface. You use the configure terminal privileged EXEC command to enter global configuration mode. Commands to enable a particular routing or bridging function are global configuration commands.

Interface Configuration Mode


Many features are enabled on a per-interface basis. Interface configuration commands modify the operation of an interface such as Ethernet, FDDI, or serial port. Interface configuration commands always follow an interface global configuration command, which defines the interface type. For details on interface configuration commands that affect general interface parameters, such as bandwidth, clock rate, and so on, see the Interface Commands chapter in the Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference. For protocol-specific commands, see the appropriate Cisco IOS software command reference.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-55

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Configuration Changes

Subinterface Configuration Mode


You can configure multiple virtual interfaces (called subinterfaces) on a single physical interface. Subinterfaces appear to be distinct physical interfaces to the various protocols. For detailed information on how to configure subinterfaces, see the appropriate module for a specific protocol in the Cisco IOS software documentation.

ROM Monitor Mode


If your router does not find a valid system image, or if you interrupt the boot sequence, the system might enter read-only memory (ROM) monitor mode. From ROM monitor mode, you can boot the system or perform diagnostic tests. You can also enter ROM monitor mode by entering the reload EXEC command and then press the Break key during the first 60 seconds of startup.

Configuration Changes
During the first-time startup of an unconfigured router, the system automatically starts the setup command utility and begins displaying an interactive dialog called the System Configuration Dialog on the system console screen. The System Configuration Dialog guides you through the configuration process with prompts for:

Global (system-wide) parameters, and Interface (line card) parameters

The System Configuration Dialog prompts and the order in which they appear on the screen vary depending on the following:

Platform Interfaces installed Router Cisco IOS software image the router is running

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-56

Chapter 3 Configuration Changes

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

You must allow the entire System Configuration Dialogue script to run, until you come to the item that you want to change. To accept default settings for items that you do not want to change, press the console keyboard Return key. To return to the privileged EXEC prompt without making changes press ^C. To access help text in the setup command utility, press the question mark key (?) at any prompt. When you complete your changes, the setup command utility displays the configuration command script that was created as a result of the changes you entered during the setup session. It also queries if you want to use this configuration. If you answer Yes, the configuration is saved to NVRAM. If you answer No, the configuration is not saved and the process begins again. There is no default for this prompt; you must answer either Yes or No. The following example shows a setup session automatically invoked during the first-time startup of the router. During the first-time startup, the system displays the system banner information, then starts the System Configuration Dialog. The output examples shown in this section depend on the image version of the Cisco IOS software and the way your Cisco 12404 router is equipped. Your configuration dialog might be different. The setup command script is a self-guiding interactive script that prompts you for responses and provides default or alternative values wherever possible.

setup Command Interactive Script Example


Cisco Internetwork Operating System Software . . . --- System Configuration Dialog --Continue with configuration dialog? [yes/no]: Yes At any point you may enter a question mark '?' for help. Use ctrl-c to abort configuration dialog at any prompt. Default settings are in square brackets '[]'. Basic setup only configures enough connectivity for management of the system, extended setup will ask you to configure each interface of the system. Would you like to enter basic management setup? [yes/no]: Yes Configuring global parameters:

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-57

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Configuration Changes

Enter host name [Router]: Filo The enable secret is a password used to protect access to privileged EXEC and configuration modes. This password, after entered, becomes encrypted in the configuration. Enter enable secret [<Use current secret>]: barney The enable password is used when you do not specify an enable secret password, with some older software versions, and some boot images. Enter enable password: wilma The virtual terminal password is used to protect access to the router over a network interface. Enter virtual terminal password: bambam Configure SNMP Network Management? [no]: Current interface summary Interface IP-Address Ethernet0 unassigned POS1/0 unassigned SDCC1/0 unassigned POS2/0 unassigned SDCC1/0 unassigned . . . POS15/0 unassigned SDCC15/0 unassigned

OK? YES YES YES YES YES

Method unset unset unset unset unset

Status administratively administratively administratively administratively administratively

down down down down down

Protocol down down down down down

YES unset YES unset

administratively down down administratively down down

Enter interface name used to connect to the management network from the above interface summary: Ethernet0 Configuring interface Ethernet0: Configure IP on this interface? Yes IP address for this interface: 172.99.99.2 Subnet mask for this interface: 255.85.89.000 Class B network is 172.88.9.0, 8 subnet bits; mask is /24 The following configuration command script was created: hostname Filo enable secret 5 $1$krIg$emfYm/1OwHVspDuS8Gy0K1 enable password wilma line vty 0 4 password bambam no snmp server !

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-58

Chapter 3 Configuration Changes

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

no ip routing ! interface Ethernet0 no shutdown ip address 172.88.99.2 255.888.255.0 ! interface POS1/0 shutdown no ip address ! interface SDCC1/0 shutdown no ip address . . . interface POS15/0 shutdown no ip address ! interface SDCC15/0 shutdown no ip address ! end [0] Go to the IOS command prompt without saving this script. [1] Return back to the setup without saving this config. [2] Save this configuration to nvram and exit. Enter your selection [2]: Building configuration ... Use the enabled mode configure command to modify this configuration. Filo#

You can enter the setup command at any time at the privileged EXEC prompt to activate the setup command utility.

Note

The only observable difference between the configuration script displayed when the setup command utility starts automatically on startup, and the script displayed when you enter the setup command is that the existing script displays any previously entered system configuration defaults within square brackets [ ].

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-59

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Configuration Changes

For example, during the configuration of a POS interface, which has not been previously configured, using the setup command utility at startup you will see a display in the following form as you proceed through the script and respond to the prompts:
Configuring interface POS1/0: Is this interface in use?: yes Configure IP on this interface?: yes

In this example, the script does not display default or current conditions in square brackets [ ], because you entered the setup command utility automatically at startup and there is no prior configuration information. When you enter the setup command at the privileged EXEC mode prompt (assuming that the POS interface has been configured previously and you are being queried by the system for changes), you will see a display in the following form:
Configuring interface POS1/0: Is this interface in use?[yes]: Configure IP on this interface?[yes]:

The script displays the default or current conditions of the interface in square brackets [ ], because you invoked the setup command utility using the setup command and there is previous configuration information. When a system prompt contains an existing default value in square brackets, press Return to accept the default value, or type an alternate value and press Return.

Configuring Global Parameters


When you first enter the setup utility or enter the setup command, the system prompts you to configure global parameters for your router. The global parameters are used for controlling system-wide settings, including the following:

Host name for the router Passwords for the enable secret, enable, and virtual terminal security parameters Protocols used by the router

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-60

Chapter 3 Configuration Changes

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Host Name
The name you assign the router must follow the rules for ARPANET host names. It must start with a letter, end with a letter or digit, and have as interior characters only letters, digits, and hyphens. The name must consist of 63 or fewer characters. For more information, see Requests For Comments (RFC) 1035, Domain NamesImplementation and Specifications. Upper- and lowercase characters look the same to many Internet software applications for ease of use computer names should appear in all lowercase. For more information, see RFC 1178, Choosing a Name for Your Computer.

Passwords
The commands available at the user EXEC level are a subset of those available at the privileged EXEC level. Many privileged EXEC commands are used to set system parameters, you should password-protect these commands to prevent their unauthorized use. For information on how to establish password protection or configure privilege levels, see the Configuring Passwords and Privileges chapter in the Security Configuration Guide, which is one of the modular configuration publications in the Cisco IOS software configuration documentation set that corresponds to the Cisco IOS software release installed on your Cisco hardware. The enable secret password functionality is available for Cisco 12000 series Internet router. You must enter the correct password on the system console, to gain access to privileged-level commands. When you are running from the ROM monitor, you can use the enable password, depending on your boot ROM level. For maximum security, the enable secret and the enable password should be different. If you use the same password for both the enable secret and enable functions during the setup process, the system accepts it but issues a warning indicating that you should enter a different password. An enable secret password can contain from 1 to 25 uppercase and lowercase alphanumeric characters; an enable password can contain any number of uppercase and lowercase alphanumeric characters. You cannot use a number as the first character. Spaces, however, are valid password characters. For example, two words is a valid password. Leading spaces are ignored, but trailing spaces are recognized.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-61

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Configuration Changes

Make a note of all passwords you set, and store that information in a secure location for future reference.

Protocols
For complete information on protocol configuration for your router, see the appropriate software configuration publications, which are listed in Cisco IOS Software Configuration Information and Support, page 3-87.

Configuring Network Interfaces


This section provides a brief summary of information about configuring the network interfaces for the RP and the installed line cards by using the setup command utility or setup command. Once configured, the RP and line cards can communicate with external networks. To configure the interface parameters for the RP and installed line cards, you need to have the following information available:

Interface network addresses Subnet mask values Protocols to be configured

To obtain this information, consult your network administrator. For additional interface configuration information for the RP and each of the line cards installed in your router, see the configuration note that shipped with the RP or line card.

GRP Ethernet Interfaces


The RJ-45 and MII receptacles on the faceplate of the GRP are IEEE 802.3u-compliant interfaces. These IEEE interfaces provide connectivity to Ethernet networks. You can use one interface or the other, but not both at the same time.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-62

Chapter 3 Configuration Changes

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

The following configuration dialog example shows the system being configured for an Ethernet interface that will use the IP network layer protocol. (The Ethernet interface does not support external routing functions.) The IP address and subnet mask value are examples. The IP address and subnet mask value would be different.
Configuring interface Ethernet0: Is this interface in use?: yes Configure IP on this interface?: yes IP address for this interface: 3.3.1.1 Number of bits in subnet field: 8 Class A network is 3.0.0.0, 8 subnet bits; mask is 255.888.0.0 Configure CLNS on this interface?: yes

PRP Ethernet Interfaces


The IEEE 802.3 Ethernet interfaces, located on the PRP, allow connections to external Ethernet networks and are capable of data transmission rates of 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps. The transmission speed of the Ethernet ports is auto-sensing by default and is user configurable.

Caution

The Ethernet ports are primarily used as a Telnet port into the Cisco 12000 series Internet router, or for booting or accessing Cisco IOS software images over a network to which an Ethernet port is directly connected. Cisco Express Forwarding (CEF) functions are switched off by default for security reasons. Cisco strongly cautions you to consider the security implications of switching on CEF routing functions on these ports.

Line Card Interfaces


Because of the wide variety of line cards supported by the Cisco 12404 router, you should see the configuration note that shipped with a particular card for interface configuration information. This section provides several brief examples to show the general way the setup command utility handles line card interface configuration. The following sample excerpt from a System Configuration Dialog session for a Quad OC-3cPOS line card, shows settings for a typical configuration.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-63

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Configuration Changes

Configuring interface POS3/0: Is this interface in use?: yes Configure IP on this interface?: yes Configure IP unnumbered on this interface?: no IP address for this interface: 2.1.1.1 Number of bits in subnet field: 0 Class A network is 2.0.0.0, 0 subnet bits; mask is 255.9.0 Configure CLNS on this interface?: yes

Note

By default, POS interfaces use the 32-bit cyclic redundancy check (CRC) and high-level data link control (HDLC) as the encapsulation protocol. The following sample shows the same Quad OC-3c POS line card interface being configured for IP unnumbered.
Configuring interface POS3/0: Is this interface in use?: yes Configure IP on this interface?: yes Configure IP unnumbered on this interface?: yes Assign to which interface: ethernet0 Configure CLNS on this interface?: yes

In the following sample, an ATM line card is being configured to use IP.
Configuring interface parameters: Configuring interface ATM1/0: Is this interface in use?: yes Configure IP on this interface?: yes IP address for this interface: 1.1.1.2 Number of bits in subnet field: 0 Class A network is 1.0.0.0, 0 subnet bits; mask is 255.9.8.0

Note

You might have to establish additional configuration parameters for the installed ATM line cards if you want to use all of their capabilities. For example, additional steps are required to configure permanent virtual circuits (PVCs). After you have manually configured the network interface parameters using the setup command utility or the setup command, your RP and line card interfaces are now available for limited use. If you want to modify the currently saved configuration information, you can enter the setup command at the privileged EXEC mode prompt (Filo#) at any time to start another System Configuration Dialog session.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-64

Chapter 3 Configuration Changes

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

To perform more complex configuration tasks, you can enter the configure terminal command at the privileged EXEC mode prompt (Filo#), which invokes the global configuration mode [Filo(config)#]. Global Configuration Mode, page 3-53 describes the use of the command line interface to manually boot your router.

Checking the Software Version


To determine the current version of the Cisco IOS software running on your router, enter the show version command at the user EXEC prompt. The Cisco IOS software version number is displayed, as well as other information, including the hardware installed in the system, the names and sources of system image files, and the contents of the software configuration register. The show version also identifies the type of router. The following sample display shows typical results from the show version command. Depending on the image version of the Cisco IOS software running on your Cisco 12404 router and the way it is equipped, the results of your show version command might be different.

show version Command


Filo# show version Cisco Internetwork Operating System Software IOS (tm) GS Software (GSR-P-M) 12.0(20020120:204554) [chagha] Copyright (c) 1986-2002 by cisco Systems, Inc. Compiled Sat 20-Apr-02 18:34 by monet Image text-base: 0x60010950, data-base: 0x61C14000 ROM: System Bootstrap, Version 11.2(17)GS2, [htseng 180] EARLY DEPLOYMENT RELEA) BOOTFLASH: GS Software (GSR-BOOT-M), Version 11.2(18)GS4, EARLY DEPLOYMENT RELE Getty uptime is 22 hours, 15 minutes System returned to ROM by reload System image file is "tftp://xxx.xx.xx.xxx/directory/chagall/gsr-p-mz" cisco 12404/RP (R5000) processor (revision 0x05) with 262144K bytes of memory. R5000 CPU at 200Mhz, Implementation 35, Rev 2.1, 512KB L2 Cache Last reset from power-on

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-65

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Configuration Changes

1 Route Processor Card 2 Clock Scheduler Cards 5 Consolidated Switch Fabric Cards 2 OC48 POS controllers (2 POS). 1 four-port OC48 POS controller (1 POS). 1 Ethernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) 6 Packet over SONET network interface(s) 507K bytes of non-volatile configuration memory. 8192K bytes of Flash internal SIMM (Sector size 256K). Configuration register is 0x0 ... Filo#

Running Configuration Settings


You can check the running configuration settings or any changes you made to the settings before you save them. Enter the show running-config command at the privileged EXEC mode prompt. For a Quad OC-3c/STM-1c POS interface installed in slot 1, the show running-config command typically displays output in the following form. Depending on the image version of the Cisco IOS software running on your Cisco 12404 router and the way it is equipped, the results of your show running-config command might be different.

show running Config Command Example


router# show running-config Building configuration... Current configuration: ! version 12.0 no service pad no service udp-small-servers no service tcp-small-servers ! hostname Filo ! enable secret 5 $1$W6K5$W/p5Bq6IPLGJ/hS9VVP1g.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-66

Chapter 3 Configuration Changes

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

enable password monet interface POS1/0 ip address 10.1.1.1 255.888.255.0 crc 32 clock source internal ! interface POS1/1 no ip address no ip route-cache cef no ip route-cache shutdown crc 32 ! interface POS1/2 no ip address no ip route-cache cef no ip route-cache shutdown crc 32 ! interface POS1/3 no ip address no ip route-cache cef no ip route-cache shutdown crc 32

Note

For more information on a specific line card, see the line card installation and configuration note that came with your line cards. You can also access Cisco IOS software documentation and hardware installation and maintenance documentation on the World Wide Web at: http://www.cisco.com, http://www-china.cisco.com, or http://www-europe.cisco.com.

Saving the Running Configuration Settings to NVRAM


To save the running configuration changes to NVRAM, enter the copy running-config startup-config command at the privileged EXEC mode prompt as follows:
Filo# copy running-config startup-config

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-67

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Configuration Changes

You can also use the following command to save the running configuration settings:
Filo# write memory

Either command saves to NVRAM the configuration settings that you created while in the global configuration mode.

Note

If you do not save the running configuration settings to NVRAM, your configuration settings will be lost the next time you reload the system.

Reviewing the Running Configuration Settings


To display the running configuration settings stored in NVRAM, enter the show startup-config command at the privileged EXEC mode prompt on the system console. This command displays output in the form shown in the following example:

Note

Depending on the image version of the Cisco IOS software running on your Cisco 12404 router and the way it is equipped, the results of your show startup-config command might be different.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-68

Chapter 3 Configuration Changes

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

show startup-config Command


Filo# show startup-config Using 5560 out of 520184 bytes ! version 12.0 no service pad service timestamps debug uptime service timestamps log uptime no service password-encryption ! hostname Filo ! enable secret 5 $1$/5HX$OOvyhG2JYhNaCbPa45Wmn/ enable password wilma ip cef distributed switch ip host biff 10.3.3.254 ! interface Ethernet0 ip address 10.3.1.1 255.888.0.0 no ip mroute-cache ! interface POS1/0 ip address 10.1.1.1 255.8.9.0 no keepalive crc 16 no cdp enable . . . interface ATM3/0 ip address 10.0.0.15 255.8.8.0 secondary ip address 10.1.1.2 255.8.8.0 atm pvc 1 0 64 aal5snap atm pvc 2 0 72 aal5mux ip 155000 155000 1 atm pvc 3 1 90 aal5snap 312000 312000 1 atm pvc 4 0 108 aal5snap atm pvc 10 0 144 aal5mux ip 155000 155000 1 atm pvc 11 1 91 aal5snap 310000 310000 1 map-group atm1 ! no ip classless ip route 10.5.8.254 255.888.255.255 Ethernet0 ! map-list atm1 ip 10.1.1.1 atm-vc 1 ip 10.1.1.3 atm-vc 2 ip 10.1.1.4 atm-vc 4

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-69

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Using Flash Memory Cards in the RP

ip 10.0.0.1 atm-vc 3 ip 10.0.0.5 atm-vc 10 ip 10.0.0.6 atm-vc 11 no logging trap ! ! line con 0 exec-timeout 0 0 line aux 0 line vty 0 4 password bambam login ! end Filo#

Using Flash Memory Cards in the RP


This section describes how to use Flash memory cards in the RP and includes information on the following topics:

Installing the Flash Memory Card in a RP, page 3-71 Formatting a Flash Memory Card, page 3-72 Specify a Boot Image, page 3-73 Flash Memory Console Commands, page 3-74 Booting from Flash Memory, page 3-76 Copying Files, page 3-77 Copying a Cisco IOS Software Image, page 3-79 Copying Cisco IOS Software Images, page 3-80 Copying Files Between RP Memory and Flash Memory Card, page 3-82 Locked Blocks in Flash Memory Cards, page 3-87

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-70

Chapter 3 Using Flash Memory Cards in the RP

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Installing the Flash Memory Card in a RP


If there are dual RPs, the PCMCIA slots in the primary RP are designated slot 0 and slot 1. If there is a second RP, the PCMCIA slots in the second RP are designated sec-slot 0 and sec-slot 1. PCMCIA slot 0 is the bottom slot and slot 1 is the top slot. See Figure 3-9. Both Flash memory card slots on each RP can be used at the same time.

Note

The following procedures are generic procedures that can be used for a Flash memory card in either slot position. To install a Flash memory card, follow these steps:

Step 1 Step 2

Facing the RP card, hold the Flash memory card with the connector end of the card toward the slot and the label facing up. See Figure 3-9 Insert the card into the appropriate slot until the card completely seats in the connector at the back of the slot and the ejector button pops out toward you.

Removing the Flash Memory Card from a RP


To remove a Flash memory card:

Press the appropriate ejector button until the card is free of the connector at the back of the slot. See Figure 3-9. Pull the card from the slot and place it in an antistatic sack to protect it from ESD damage.

The Flash memory card is keyed for proper insertion. The ejector button will not pop out unless the card is inserted correctly. Part of the card remains outside the slot even when the card is properly seated. Do not attempt to force the card deeper into the slot after the ejector button pops out.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-71

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Using Flash Memory Cards in the RP

Formatting a Flash Memory Card


The Flash memory card that shipped with your router contains the default Cisco IOS software image you need to boot your router.

Warning

This procedure erases all information on a Flash memory card. To prevent the loss of important data that might be stored on a Flash memory card, proceed carefully.

Tip

If you want to save the data on a Flash memory card, copy the data to a server before you format the card In some cases, you might need to insert a new Flash memory card and copy images or backup configuration files to the card. Before you can use a new Flash memory card, you must format it. Use only Type I or Type II Flash memory cards. To format a new Flash memory card, follow these steps:

Caution

The following formatting procedure presumes you have already booted your router. Insert the Flash memory card into slot 0 or slot 1 on the RP. (This example uses slot 0.) Enter the format slot0: command at the privileged EXEC mode prompt on the system console:
Filo# format slot0: All sectors will be erased, proceed? [confirm] Enter volume id (up to 30 characters): MyNewCard Formatting sector n Format device slot0 completed Filo#

Step 1 Step 2

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-72

Chapter 3 Using Flash Memory Cards in the RP

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

The console displays the Formatting sector n line in the sample output shown above. When the count reaches 1, the formatting process is complete. The new Flash memory card is now formatted and ready to use. For complete command descriptions and configuration information, see the Configuration Fundamentals Command Reference and the Configuration Fundamentals Configuration Guide in the Cisco IOS documentation set. For information on obtaining these publications, see Cisco IOS Software Configuration Information and Support, page 3-87.

Specify a Boot Image


Use the procedure in this section to identify a sample Cisco IOS software image (new.image in this example) that is to be made bootable from a Flash memory card.

config-register Command
The software configuration register must be set to 0x2102 during this procedure to boot the image from a Flash memory card; accordingly, the config-register command must be included in the command sequence, as shown.
Filo# configure terminal Filo(config)# no boot system Filo(config)# boot system flash slot0:new.image Filo(config)# config-register 0x2102 Ctrl-Z Filo# copy running-config startup-config Filo# reload

When you enter the reload command, the specified file (new.image) on the Flash memory card inserted in PCMCIA slot 0 is used to boot the system.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-73

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Using Flash Memory Cards in the RP

Flash Memory Console Commands


To determine whether the present working device you are accessing is the onboard Flash SIMM on the RP or a PCMCIA Flash memory card in a slot on the RP, enter the pwd command at the privileged EXEC mode prompt on the system console, as follows:
Filo# pwd slot0: Filo#

In this example, the present working device you are accessing is on a PCMCIA Flash memory card inserted in slot 0 of the RP. To change from one type of Flash memory device access to another, enter the cd device-name command, where device-name can be slot0:, slot1:, or bootflash:. Sample uses of the change dir command include:
Filo# cd slot1: Filo# pwd slot1:/ Filo# cd slot0: Filo# pwd slot0:/ Filo# cd bootflash: Filo# pwd bootflash:/ Filo#

To list the directory contents of the Flash memory media in use, enter the dir [device-name] command at the privileged EXEC mode prompt, where device-name can be slot0:, slot1:, or bootflash:. A sample use of the dir command follows.
Filo# dir Directory of slot0:/ 1 2 3 4 -rw-rw-rw-rw122015 2054979 6670560 5560 Sep Sep Sep Oct 30 30 30 08 2002 2002 2002 2002 15:03:55 15:17:33 15:22:49 16:54:53 myfile1 gsr-diag-mz.RELEASE28 gsr-p-mz.p7 fun1

20578304 bytes total (9661756 bytes free) Filo#

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-74

Chapter 3 Using Flash Memory Cards in the RP

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

To delete a file from a Flash memory media, use the cd command to select the Flash memory media and enter the delete filename command at the privileged EXEC mode prompt, where filename is any file within the selected Flash memory media. An example of deleting the file fun1 from the current Flash memory directory follows:
Filo# delete slot0:fun1 Filo# dir Directory of slot0:/ 1 2 3 -rw-rw-rw122015 2054979 6670560 Sep 30 2002 15:03:55 myfile1 Sep 30 2002 15:17:33 gsr-diag-mz.RELEASE28 Sep 30 2002 15:22:49 gsr-p-mz.p7

20578304 bytes total (9661756 bytes free) Filo#

Files that are deleted from the current Flash memory directory are removed from the directory list, but are not erased (they still occupy space in Flash memory). This feature allows you to recover a deleted file later using the undelete command. To remove deleted files from a Flash memory directory permanently, but leave undeleted files intact, enter the squeeze device-name command at the privileged EXEC mode prompt on the system console, where device-name can be slot0:, slot1:, or bootflash:. The squeeze command (Table 3-20) permanently removes deleted files and makes all other undeleted files contiguous, thus conserving storage space. An example of the squeeze command follows.
Filo# squeeze slot0: All deleted files will be removed, Continue? [confirm]y Squeeze operation may take a while, Continue? [confirm]y Squeeze of slot0 complete Filo# ebESZ

To prevent loss of data due to sudden power loss, the squeezed data is temporarily saved to another Flash memory area reserved specifically for system use.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-75

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Booting from Flash Memory

Table 3-20

Squeeze Command Functions Example

Command e

Example Function The character e in the last line indicates that the special Flash memory area has been erased. This erase operation must be accomplished before any write operation so the special Flash memory area can begin. The character b indicates that the data about to be written to the special Flash memory area has been temporarily copied. The character E indicates that the sector temporarily occupied by the data has been erased. The character S indicates that the data has been written to its permanent location in Flash memory. The character Z indicates that the log has been erased following the successful squeeze operation.

b E S Z

During the squeeze operation, the system maintains a log identifying which of the squeeze functions has been accomplished, so that the system can return to the proper place and continue the operation in the event of a power failure.

Booting from Flash Memory


To enable booting from Flash memory, set the boot field in the software configuration register (bits 3 through 0) to a value between 2 and 15. These values are used with the boot system flash device:filename configuration command, where device is bootflash:, slot0:, or slot1:, and filename is the name of the file from which you want to boot the system. To enter global configuration mode (while the system is running) and specify a Flash filename from which to boot the system, enter the configure terminal command at the privileged EXEC mode prompt on the system console, as follows:
Filo# configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z. Filo(config)# boot system flash device:filename

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-76

Chapter 3 Copying Files

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

To disable the break function and enable the boot system flash device:filename command, enter the config-register command at the global configuration mode prompt with the configuration register value, as shown below:
Filo(config)# config-reg 0x0102 Ctrl-Z Filo#

Copying Files
It is a good idea to copy a new Cisco IOS software image to Flash memory when a new image becomes available, or when you want to back up the image. The information in this section enables you to copy any type of file to the Flash memory SIMM on the RP or to a PCMCIA Flash memory card inserted in either slot 0 or slot 1.

Caution

You cannot copy a new Cisco IOS software image into the onboard Flash memory SIMM (also referred to as bootflash) while the system is running from onboard Flash memory. To avoid losing valid Cisco IOS images upgrade your Cisco IOS software images in Flash memory one at a time; and your PCMCIA-based Flash memory separately from the onboard Flash SIMM (bootflash) on the RP. To copy a file to Flash memory, enter the following command at the privileged EXEC mode prompt on your system console:
Filo# copy tftp:filename [bootflash:|slot0:|slot1:]

filename

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-77

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Copying Files

Where: tftp:filename [bootflash: | slot0: | slot1:] filename Specifies the source and name of the file to be copied. Specifies the destination Flash medium and name for the new file. The destination Flash medium can be one of the following: bootflash:Specifies that the file is to be copied to the onboard Flash memory SIMM on the RP. slot0:Specifies that the file is to be copied to the PCMCIA Flash memory card in slot 0. slot1:Specifies that the file is to be copied to the PCMCIA Flash memory card in slot 1. Example of output generated by a copy tftp:filename command:
Filo# copy tftp:myfile1 slot0:myfile1 20575008 bytes available on device slot0, proceed? [confirm] Address or name of remote host [1.1.1.1]? Loading new.image from 1.1.1.1 (via Ethernet0): !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!![OK - 7799951/15599616 bytes] CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC Filo#

In this example, the exclamation points !!! appear as the source file is being downloaded to the destination device. The CCCCC characters indicate that a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) is being calculated during the downloading process. The CRC verifies that the file has been correctly downloaded to the Flash memory card inserted in PCMCIA slot 0 or the destination device you designated.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-78

Chapter 3 Copying a Cisco IOS Software Image

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Copying a Cisco IOS Software Image


You can copy a Cisco IOS software image into a Flash memory card at any time for later use, but you must first format the Flash memory card that you intend to use in the copy operation. If you have not already formatted the card, see Formatting a Flash Memory Card, page 3-72. To ensure access to the network TFTP server, you must configure one network interface using the setup command facility. For instructions on using this facility, see Configuration Changes, page 3-56. You can also see the Configuration Fundamentals Configuration Guide. Use the following procedure to copy a bootable image into the Flash memory card:
Step 1 Step 2

Boot the router and allow it to initialize. Enter the enable command at the user EXEC mode prompt to enter privileged EXEC mode:
Filo> enable Password: <password> Filo#

Step 3

Copy the file named new.image in this example to the Flash memory card inserted in PCMCIA slot 0 by using the following command.
Filo# copy tftp:new.image slot0:new.image 20575008 bytes available on device slot0, proceed? [confirm] Address or name of remote host [1.1.1.1]? Loading new.image from 1.1.1.1 (via Ethernet0): !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! [OK - 7799951/15599616 bytes] CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC Filo#

In this example, the exclamation points !!! appear as the source file is being downloaded (copied) to the destination device. The CCCCC characters indicate that a CRC is being calculated during the downloading process. The CRC verifies that the file has been correctly copied to the Flash memory card inserted in PCMCIA slot 0) or the destination device you designated.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-79

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Copying a Cisco IOS Software Image

Step 4

Reboot the system.

Copying Cisco IOS Software Images


As future releases of Cisco IOS software become available, you will receive these images as a file booted from a network TFTP server, as a file on a floppy disk, or as a file on a Flash memory card. This section give you information on how to use a newly released Cisco IOS software image on a Flash memory card in a system that has an older Cisco IOS image residing on a Flash memory card inserted in PCMCIA slot 0 and a default Cisco IOS software boot image stored in the onboard Flash memory SIMM on the RP. In this procedure, you will copy an updated Cisco IOS software image from a new Flash memory card onto a Flash memory card containing an old Cisco IOS software image. In this example, the following filenames apply:

image.newThe new image on the new Flash memory image.oldThe old image on the old Flash memory card inserted in PCMCIA slot 0. image.bootThe bootable Cisco IOS software image stored in the onboard Flash memory SIMM. (This image is used by default to boot the system if no other bootable image is available.)

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-80

Chapter 3 Copying a Cisco IOS Software Image

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Flash Memory Card Space


This procedure assumes that there is sufficient space on the old Flash memory card inserted in slot 0 for both the new Cisco IOS software image and the old image. If there is not enough space for both images on the old Flash memory card, use the delete command to delete files from the old Flash memory card, but do not delete the image.old file. After deleting files, use the squeeze command to remove the deleted files from the old Flash memory card permanently. (For information on the squeeze command, see the Flash Memory Console Commands, page 3-74.) If the two files still will not fit on the Flash memory card in slot 0 after you delete files and use the squeeze command, remove this card, place it in an antistatic bag for ESD protection, and store it in a safe place. Insert the Flash memory card containing image.new in slot 0. Proceed to Step 5 in the following procedure and enter the command boot system flash slot0:image.new to designate the file image.new as the new default Cisco IOS software boot image. To copy a bootable Cisco IOS software image between Flash memory cards, follow these steps:
Step 1 Step 2

Boot the router. For this example, the file named image.boot is the default boot image. Enter the enable command to enter privileged EXEC mode as follows:
Filo> enable Password: <password> Filo#

Step 3 Step 4

Insert the new Flash memory card in slot 1. Enter the following command to copy the file image.new in slot 1 to the Flash memory card in PCMCIA slot 0.

Note

Perform this step only if sufficient space is available on the Flash memory card in slot 0 to hold both the new image and the old image already resident on the Flash memory card.

Filo# copy slot1:image.new slot0:image.new

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-81

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Copying a Cisco IOS Software Image

You can also enter this command in the following form to achieve the same result:
Filo# copy slot1:image.new slot0:

Step 5

Enter the following commands to designate the file named image.new in the Flash memory card in slot 0 as the new default system image for boot purposes:
Filo# configure terminal Filo(config)# no boot system Filo(config)# boot system flash slot0:image.new Ctrl-Z Filo# copy running-config startup-config Filo# reload

When the system reloads, the file image.new is booted from the Flash memory card in slot 0.

Copying Files Between RP Memory and Flash Memory Card


If you do not have access to a TFTP server where you can temporarily store a configuration file, you will need to copy a configuration file to a Flash memory card inserted in PCMCIA slot 0 or slot 1. You can then copy the configuration file back to NVRAM at any time. You can copy either your startup configuration file (from NVRAM) or your running configuration file (from DRAM). Use the procedures in the following sections to first copy the configuration file from either NVRAM or DRAM to a Flash memory card, and then to copy the configuration file from a Flash memory card back to NVRAM.

Note

You cannot copy files directly into DRAM. To copy a system configuration file, consult the following sections, as appropriate:

Copying Configuration Files from RP NVRAM to a Flash Memory Card, page 3-83 Copying a Configuration File from RP DRAM to a Flash Memory Card, page 3-85

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-82

Chapter 3 Copying a Cisco IOS Software Image

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Copying a Configuration File from a Flash Memory Card to RP NVRAM, page 3-86

Copying Configuration Files from RP NVRAM to a Flash Memory Card


Use the command copy startup-config [slot0: | slot1:] filename for the copy procedure, where startup-config is the files source (NVRAM), [slot0: | slot1:] is one of the Flash memory card slots, and filename is the name of the configuration file to be copied. Note that the environmental variable CONFIG_FILE must point to NVRAM (the system default). To copy a configuration file named myfile2 from the NVRAM on the RP to a Flash memory card in slot 0, follow these steps:
Step 1

Enter the show bootvar command at the privileged EXEC mode prompt to display the current setting for the environmental variable CONFIG_FILE, as follows:
Filo# show bootvar . . . CONFIG_FILE variable = Current CONFIG_FILE variable = . . . Filo#

Note

The absence of any notation following the CONFIG_FILE variable statement in this sample display indicates that the environmental variable is pointing to NVRAM (the system default).

Step 2

To begin the copy operation, enter a copy command in the following form at the privileged EXEC mode prompt:
copy startup-config

[slot0: | slot1:]filename

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-83

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Copying a Cisco IOS Software Image

Where: startup-config [slot0: | slot1:]filename Specifies the source of the file to be copied (NVRAM). Specifies the destination of the file (the Flash memory card in either slot 0 or slot 1) and the name of the new file.

An example of the copy startup-config slot0:filename command follows:


Filo# copy startup-config slot0:myfile2 20575008 bytes available on device slot0, proceed? [confirm] Address or name of remote host [1.1.1.1]? Loading new.image from 1.1.1.1 (via Ethernet0): !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! [OK - 7799951/15599616 bytes] CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC Filo#

In this example, the exclamation points!!! appear as the file is being copied. The CCCCC characters signify the calculation of the CRC, which verifies that the file has been copied correctly. You can also copy the running configuration (located in DRAM) to a Flash memory card, as shown in the following section, Copying a Configuration File from RP DRAM to a Flash Memory Card, page 3-85.
Step 3

To further verify that the configuration file was copied correctly to the Flash memory card in slot 0, enter the dir command:
Filo# dir slot0: -#- -length- -----date/time-----1 5200084 May 10 2002 19:24:12 3 1215 May 10 2002 20:30:52 4 6176844 May 10 2002 23:04:10 5 1186 May 10 2002 16:56:50 name gsr-p-mz.112-8 myfile1 gsr-p-mz.112-8.1 myfile2

9197156 bytes available (11381148 bytes used) Filo#

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-84

Chapter 3 Copying a Cisco IOS Software Image

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Copying a Configuration File from RP DRAM to a Flash Memory Card


To copy the running configuration file from DRAM to a Flash memory card, follow these steps:
Step 1

Enter the command for copying a running configuration file from DRAM to a Flash memory card. The command takes the following form:
copy running-config [slot0:|slot1:]filename

Where: running-config [slot0: | slot1:]filename Specifies the source of the file to be copied from DRAM. Specifies the destination of the configuration file to be copied (the Flash memory card inserted in either slot 0 or slot 1) and the name of the new file.

An example of the copy running-config slot0:filename command follows:


Filo# copy running-config slot0:myfile2 20575008 bytes available on device slot0, proceed? [confirm] Address or name of remote host [1.1.1.1]? Loading new.image from 1.1.1.1 (via Ethernet0): !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!![OK - 7799951/15599616 bytes] CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC Filo#

Note

In this example, the exclamation points (!!!) appear as the file is being copied. The CCCCC characters signify the calculation of the CRC, which verifies that the file has been copied correctly.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-85

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Copying a Cisco IOS Software Image

Step 2

To further verify that the file was copied correctly, enter the dir command at the privileged EXEC mode prompt:
Filo# dir slot0: -#- -length- -----date/time-----1 5200084 May 10 2002 19:24:12 3 1215 May 10 2002 20:30:52 4 6176844 May 10 2002 23:04:10 5 1186 May 10 2002 16:56:50 name gsr-p-mz.112-8 myfile1 gsr-p-mz.112-8.1 myfile2

9197156 bytes available (11381148 bytes used) Filo#

Copying a Configuration File from a Flash Memory Card to RP NVRAM


To copy a configuration file from a Flash memory card in PCMCIA slot 0 or slot 1 to NVRAM, follow these steps.
Step 1

Enter the command for copying a configuration file from a Flash memory card to NVRAM. This command takes the following form:
copy [slot0:|slot1:]filename startup-config

Where: [slot0: | slot1:]filename Specifies the source of the configuration file to be copied (the Flash memory card inserted in either PCMCIA slot 0 or slot 1) and the name of the new file. Specifies the destination (NVRAM) of the file to be copied.

startup-config

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-86

Chapter 3 Locked Blocks in Flash Memory Cards

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

To initiate the copy operation, enter the following command at the privileged EXEC mode prompt:
Filo# copy slot0:myfile startup-config [ok] Filo#

Step 2

Use the following command to ensure that the startup configuration file, now stored in NVRAM, is designated as the default running configuration file for the system:
Filo# copy startup-config running-config Filo# %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from memory by console Filo#

Locked Blocks in Flash Memory Cards


A locked block in Flash memory cards occurs when power is lost or a Flash memory card is removed from its PCMCIA slot on the RP during a write or erase operation. When a block of Flash memory is locked, it cannot be written to, or erased. Any attempt at such an operation will consistently fail at the blocked location. The only way to recover from locked blocks in a Flash memory card is to reformat the Flash memory card using the format command.

Caution

Formatting a Flash memory card erases all existing data on the card.

Cisco IOS Software Configuration Information and Support


The modular configuration and modular command reference publications in the Cisco IOS software configuration documentation set that corresponds to the Cisco IOS software release installed on your Cisco hardware. You can also see the Cisco IOS software release notes for the version of Cisco IOS software you are using on your router.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

3-87

OL-11636-01

Chapter 3

Installing the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Locked Blocks in Flash Memory Cards

You can access Cisco IOS software documentation and hardware installation and maintenance documentation on the World Wide Web at: http://www.cisco.com, http://www-china.cisco.com or http://www-europe.cisco.com. If you are reading Cisco documentation on the World Wide Web, you can submit comments electronically. Click Feedback on the toolbar, and then select Documentation. After you complete the form, click Submit to send it to Cisco. We appreciate your comments.

For information on regulatory compliance and safety, see the document Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for the Cisco 12000 Series Internet Routers, Document Number 78-4347-09. For additional line card information, see the installation and configuration note that accompanied your line card.

For additional GRP information, see the configuration note Gigabit Route Processor Installation and Configuration (Document Number 78-4339-xx) that accompanied your RP. For additional PRP information, refer to the configuration note Performance Route Processor (PRP) Installation and Configuration (Document Number 78-13302-xx) that accompanied your PRP. For additional PRP information, refer to the configuration note Performance Route Processor (PRP) Installation and Configuration (Document Number 78-13302-xx) that accompanied your PRP.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

3-88

C H A P T E R

Troubleshooting the Installation


Overview
The Cisco 12404 Internet router undergoes extensive testing and burn-in before leaving the factory. However, if you encounter problems starting up the router, use the information in this chapter to help isolate the cause of the problems.

Performing Other Configuration Tasks, page 4-1 Recovering a Lost Password, page 4-11 Problem-Solving with Subsystems, page 4-14 Identifying Startup Problems, page 4-16 Troubleshooting the Power Subsystem, page 4-18 Troubleshooting the Processor Subsystem, page 4-21 Troubleshooting the Cooling Subsystem, page 4-26

Performing Other Configuration Tasks


This section describes how to perform the following additional configuration tasks.

Configuring the Software Configuration Register, page 4-2 Boot Field Settings, page 4-4 Configuration Register Settings, page 4-6

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

4-1

Chapter 4 Performing Other Configuration Tasks

Troubleshooting the Installation

Configuring the Software Configuration Register


The software configuration register is a 16-bit register in Non-Volatile Random Access Memory (NVRAM) that you use to define specific system parameters. You can set or change the contents of this register to accomplish the following tasks.

Define boot sources for the default Cisco IOS software, assigning them in the following order of precedence:
Flash memory card inserted in PCMCIA slot 0 (zero) TFTP server on the network Flash memory SIMM (NVRAM) on the RP Boot image stored within the operating environment, which you access

by using an appropriate form of the boot command (See Chapter 3, Boot Process Overview, page 3-41) entered at the ROM monitor prompt (rommon>)

Define a default boot filename. Enable or disable the Break function. Control broadcast addresses. Set the console terminal baud rate. Recover a lost password. Force an automatic boot using a boot image. Read boot system commands from the configuration file stored in NVRAM. Table 4-1 defines the bits in the software configuration register.

Caution

To avoid confusion and possibly halting the system, remember that valid software configuration register values may be combinations of settings, rather than the individual settings listed in Table 4-1. For example, the factory default value 0x0102 for the software configuration register is actually a composite of several settings.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

4-2

OL-11636-01

Chapter 4

Troubleshooting the Installation Performing Other Configuration Tasks

Table 4-1

Software Configuration Register Bit Value and Function

Hexadecimal Function Bit Number1 Value 00 to 03 0x0000 to 0x000F 0x0040 0x0080 0x0100 0x0200 0x0400 0x0800 to 0x1000 0x2000 0x4000 0x8000 Comprises the boot field for defining the source of a default Cisco IOS software image required to run the router. Causes system software to ignore the contents of NVRAM Enables the OEM2 bit Disables the Break function Uses a secondary bootstrap Broadcasts Internet Protocol (IP) with all zeros Defines the console baud rate (the default setting is 9600 bps) Boots the default Flash memory software if the network boot fails Excludes network numbers from IP broadcasts Enables diagnostic messages and ignores the contents of NVRAM

06 07 08 09 10 11 and 12 13 14 15

1. The factory default value for the software configuration register is 0x0102. This value is a combination of binary bit 8 = 0x0100 and binary bits 00 through 03 = 0x0002. 2. OEM = original equipment manufacturer.

Table 4-2 specifies the content of the boot field, which defines a source for booting the default Cisco IOS software image required to run the router. The content of the boot field is specified as a binary number.
Table 4-2 Boot Field and Definitions

Boot Field 00 01

Definition At power-on, the system remains at the ROM monitor prompt (rommon>), awaiting a user command to boot the system manually. At power-on, the system automatically boots the first system image found in the onboard Flash memory SIMM on the RP.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

4-3

Chapter 4 Performing Other Configuration Tasks

Troubleshooting the Installation

Table 4-2

Boot Field and Definitions (continued)

Boot Field 02 to 0F

Definition At power-on, the system boots automatically from a default Cisco IOS software image stored on a TFTP server in the network. For this setting, it is assumed that the Ethernet port on the RP is configured and operational. This setting also enables boot system commands that override the default filename.

Note

Note: A Cisco 12404 Internet router is typically delivered from the factory with a boot image in the boot flash and a flash card containing a suitable working Cisco IOS image. If you discover that you need an Cisco IOS upgrade, you should FTP the appropriate Cisco IOS image from CCO.

Boot Field Settings


The four low-order bits of the software configuration register (bits 3, 2, 1, and 0) form a boot field that defines the source of a Cisco IOS software image for booting the router. You can set or change the contents of the boot field by issuing the config-register command at the global configuration mode prompt [Filo(config)#].

Note

The factory default configuration register setting for an RP shipped in a router or an RP shipped as a field-replaceable unit is 0x0102. When the boot field is set to either 0 or 1 (0000 or 0001), the system ignores any boot instructions in the system configuration file and one of the following occurs, depending on the boot field setting:

When the boot field is set to 0, you must boot the operating system manually by entering the boot command at the ROM monitor prompt (rommon>). You can enter the boot command with or without arguments. If you enter the boot command without an argument (that is, without specifying a file or any other boot instructions), the system automatically boots using the default image in the Flash memory SIMM on the RP.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

4-4

OL-11636-01

Chapter 4

Troubleshooting the Installation Performing Other Configuration Tasks

If you enter the boot command with arguments (that is, by instructing the system to boot from a specific source), the following options are available to you:
You can instruct the system to boot from a specific Flash SIMM image

(by entering the boot bootflash:filename command) or you can instruct the system to boot from a specific image stored on a PCMCIA Flash memory card (by entering the boot slot #: imagename command).
You can instruct the system to boot from a network TFTP server either

by sending broadcast TFTP requests (by entering a boot filename command), or by sending a direct request to a specific network TFTP server (by issuing a boot filename ip-address command).

When the boot field is set to 1, the system automatically boots using the first image found in the onboard Flash SIMM on the RP. When the boot field is set to a bit pattern other than 0 or 1, the router uses the software configuration register settings to compute the filename of a default system image stored on a network TFTP server. It then uses that system image to boot the router. If the configuration file contains boot instructions, however, the system uses these instructions to boot the system, rather than using the filename it computed from the software configuration register settings. To form this filename, the system starts with cisco and links the octal equivalent of the boot field value and the processor type in the following format: cisco<bootfieldvalue>-<processorname> For example, the filename formation process would yield a range of typical filenames like the following:
cisco2-grp . . . cisco17-grp

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

4-5

Chapter 4 Performing Other Configuration Tasks

Troubleshooting the Installation

or
cisco2-prp . . . cisco17-prp

The system would use one of the filenames in this range to use in booting a default system image stored on a network TFTP server.

Note

If a bootable Cisco IOS software image exists in a Flash memory card inserted in PCMCIA slot 0 or slot 1, the software configuration register boot field setting is overridden, and the system boots from the Cisco IOS software image in the Flash memory card, rather than from a network TFTP image (that is, from a computed filename in the range from cisco2-grp through cisco17-grp or cisco2-prp through cisco17-prp).

Configuration Register Settings


To change the software configuration register settings while running system software, follow these steps:
Step 1

Enter the enable command and your password at the user EXEC mode prompt to enter privileged EXEC mode:
Milo> enable Password: <password> Filo#

Step 2

Enter the configure terminal command at the privileged EXEC mode prompt on the system console, to enter global configuration mode:
Filo# configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z. Filo(config)#

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

4-6

OL-11636-01

Chapter 4

Troubleshooting the Installation Performing Other Configuration Tasks

Step 3

Set the contents of the software configuration register by entering the config-register value command at the global configuration mode prompt, where value is a hexadecimal number preceded by 0x:
Filo(config)# config-register 0xvalue

Step 4

Consult the hexadecimal column in Table 4-1 for the possible settings to enter as the four-bit value parameter.

Exit global configuration mode by entering Ctrl-Z.


Filo(config)# config-register 0xvalue Filo(config)# Ctrl-Z Filo#

This command sequence saves the new contents of the software configuration register to NVRAM, but these new settings do not take effect until you reload or reboot the Cisco 12404 Internet router.

Step 5

Enter the show version privileged EXEC command to display the software configuration register value currently in effect.
Filo# show version . . . Configuration register is 0x141 (will be 0x102 at next reload)

Step 6

This value is used the next time the router reloads. The value appears on the last line of the screen display

Save the software configuration register settings as described in Chapter 3, Saving the Running Configuration Settings to NVRAM.

Note

Configuration register changes take effect only after the system reloads, such as when you enter a reload command from the console.

Step 7

Reboot your router using the boot command and any arguments needed.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

4-7

Chapter 4 Performing Other Configuration Tasks

Troubleshooting the Installation

Bits in the Software Configuration Register


This section provides more detailed descriptions of the significance of the bits in the software configuration register and how they interact during the boot process. As described earlier in Boot Field Settings, page 4-4, the boot field setting determines the source of the Cisco IOS software image that is used to boot the router. If you set the boot field value to 0 (0x0000), you must boot the operating system manually by entering the boot command at the ROM monitor prompt (rommon>) on the system console. If you set the boot field value to 0x2 through 0xF and a valid boot system command is stored in the configuration file, the router boots the Cisco IOS software image as directed by that value. If no boot system command is present in the configuration file, the router forms a default boot filename and attempts to acquire that file from a network TFTP server. In the following example, the software configuration register is set to boot the router from the Flash memory SIMM on the RP and to ignore the Break function at the next reboot of the system:
Filo# configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z. Filo(config)# config-register 0x0102 Filo(config)# boot system flash filename Ctrl-Z Filo#

With the configuration register set to 0x0102, the system computes a default boot filename. In forming this filename, the system starts with cisco and appends the octal equivalent of the boot field number, a hyphen, and the processor type (grp or prp). Table 4-3 lists the range of possible computed default filenames for booting over the network. A valid boot system configuration command stored in the NVRAM configuration file overrides any computed default filename for booting over the network.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

4-8

OL-11636-01

Chapter 4

Troubleshooting the Installation Performing Other Configuration Tasks

Note

If a bootable Cisco IOS software image exists in a Flash memory card installed in PCMCIA slot 0 or 1, the configuration register setting is overridden, and the bootable Cisco IOS software image will be booted instead of the default TFTP-bootable Cisco IOS software image (cisco2-grp through cisco17-grp or cisco2-prp through cisco17-prp).
Table 4-3 Default Boot Filenames

Action/Filename Bootstrap mode Default software cisco2-grp or cisco2-prp cisco3-grp or cisco3-prp cisco4-grp or cisco4-prp cisco5-grp or cisco5-prp cisco6-grp or cisco6-prp cisco7-grp or cisco7-prp cisco10-grp or cisco10-prp cisco11-grp or cisco11-prp cisco12-grp or cisco12-prp cisco13-grp or cisco13-prp cisco14-grp or cisco14-prp cisco15-grp or cisco15-prp cisco16-grp or cisco16-prp cisco17-grp or cisco17-prp

Bit 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Bit 2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1

Bit 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1

Bit 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

Bits 8 through 14
The significance of other important bits in the software configuration register follows.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

4-9

Chapter 4 Performing Other Configuration Tasks

Troubleshooting the Installation

Bit 8
Bit 8 of the software configuration register controls the console Break key. Setting bit 8 causes the system to ignore the console Break key. This is the factory default. Conversely, clearing bit 8 causes the system to interpret a Break keystroke as a command to halt normal system operation and force the system into ROM monitor mode. Regardless of the setting of the Break enable bit in the software configuration register, pressing the Break key during approximately the first five seconds of booting causes a return to the ROM monitor.

Bit 9
Bit 9 is not used.

Bits 10 and 14
Bit 10 of the software configuration register controls the host portion of the IP broadcast address. Setting bit 10 causes the processor to use all zeros in the host portion of the IP broadcast address; clearing bit 10 (the factory default) causes the processor to use all ones. Bit 10 interacts with bit 14, which controls the network and subnet portions of the IP broadcast address. Table 4-4 shows the combined effect of bits 10 and 14.
Table 4-4 Configuration Register Settings for Broadcast Address Destinations

Bit 10 Off On On Off

Bit 14 Off Off On On

Address (<net> <host>) <ones> <ones> <zeros> <zeros> <net> <zeros> <net> <ones>

Bits 11 and 12
Bits 11 and 12 of the software configuration register determine the data transmission rate of the console terminal. Table 4-5 shows the bit settings for the four available data transmission rates. The factory-set default data transmission rate is 9600 bps.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

4-10

OL-11636-01

Chapter 4

Troubleshooting the Installation Recovering a Lost Password

Table 4-5

System Console Terminal Data Transmission Rate Settings

Bit 12 0 0 1 1

Bit 11 0 1 0 1

Data Transmission Rate (Bps) 9600 4800 1200 2400

Bit 13
Bit 13 of the software configuration register determines the systems response to a bootload failure. Setting bit 13 causes the system to load Cisco IOS software from Flash memory after five unsuccessful attempts to load a boot file from the network TFTP server. Clearing bit 13 causes the system to continue attempting to load a boot file from the network TFTP server indefinitely. Bit 13 in the software configuration register is set to 0 as the default at the factory.

Recovering a Lost Password


This section provides information on how to recover a lost password.
Note

If the enable password is encrypted, the following procedure does not work for password recovery, and you must reconfigure the system before attempting a reboot. To reconfigure the system, use the displayed configuration, which is shown using the show startup-config command in privileged EXEC mode, shown in Step 11. Attach an ASCII terminal to the RP console port. Configure the terminal to operate at 9600 bps, 8 data bits, no parity, 2 stop bits (or to whatever settings the console port is set). Enter the show version command at the privileged EXEC mode prompt to display the existing software configuration register value.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

4-11

Chapter 4 Recovering a Lost Password

Troubleshooting the Installation

Tip

Write this value on paper for use in Step 13.


Filo# show version . . .

Step 4

The current configuration setting appears in the last line of the show version command output.

If the Break function is disabled, turn off power to the power supplies, wait 5 seconds, and then restore power.

If the Break function is enabled, press the Break key or send a break by holding down the Control key and pressing the right square bracket key (^]).

Step 5

Within five seconds of turning on the router, press the Break key. This action causes the terminal to display the ROM monitor prompt:
rommon 1>

Step 6

Set the software configuration register to ignore the configuration file information, as indicated in the following sample display:
rommon 1> config-register Configuration Summary enabled are: console baud: 9600 boot: image specified by the boot system command or default to: cisco2-grp do you enable enable enable enable enable enable change change wish to change the configuration? y/n [n]: y diagnostic mode? y/n [n]: use net in IP bcast address? y/n [n]: load rom after netbootfails? y/n [n]: use all zero broadcast? y/n [n]: break/abort has effect? y/n [n]: ignore system config info? [n]: y console baud rate? y/n [n]: boot characteristics? y/n [n]

Configuration Summary enabled are: console baud: 9600

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

4-12

OL-11636-01

Chapter 4

Troubleshooting the Installation Recovering a Lost Password

boot: image specified by the boot system command or default to: cisco2-grp do you wish to change the configuration? y/n [n] You must reset or power cycle for the new config to take effect rommon 1>

Step 7

Initialize the router by entering the initialize command at the ROM monitor prompt:
rommon 1> initialize

Step 8

The router goes through a power cycle. The software configuration register is set to ignore the configuration file.

Enter no in response to the system configuration dialog prompts until the following instruction is displayed:
Press RETURN to get started!

Step 9

Press Return. After some interface configuration information is displayed, the user EXEC mode prompt appears:
Filo>

Step 10

Enter the enable command at the user EXEC mode prompt to enter privileged EXEC mode:
Filo> enable Password: <password> Filo#

The prompt changes from Filo> to Filo# to (> to #) indicates the change in command mode.

Note

Note the greater than symbol > has changed to the number sign (also known as the pound sign) #.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

4-13

Chapter 4 Problem-Solving with Subsystems

Troubleshooting the Installation

Step 11

Enter the show startup-config command at the privileged EXEC mode prompt to display the enable password in the configuration file.
Filo# . . .

show startup-config

Step 12

Enter the configure terminal command at the privileged EXEC mode prompt to enter global configuration mode:
Filo# configure terminal Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z. Filo(config)#

Step 13

Change the software configuration register value back to its original value (noted earlier in Step 3). Alternatively, change this value to 0x0102 (the factory default) by using the config-register 0xvalue command:
Filo(config)# config-register 0xvalue Filo(config)#

Value is a hexadecimal number preceded by 0x, as in the following example:


Filo(config)# config-register 0x0102

Step 14

Enter Ctrl-Z to exit global configuration mode.


Filo(config)# Ctrl-Z Filo#

Step 15

Reboot the router and use the recovered password with the enable command to gain access to the router.

Problem-Solving with Subsystems


The key to solving problems in the system is to try to isolate the problem to a specific subsystem. The first step in solving startup problems is to compare what the system is doing to what it should be doing. Because a startup problem is usually attributable to 1 component, it is more efficient to first isolate the problem to a subsystem rather than troubleshoot each component in the system.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

4-14

OL-11636-01

Chapter 4

Troubleshooting the Installation Problem-Solving with Subsystems

AC Power Entry Module


The Cisco 12404 Internet router can be configured for an AC power source. For the troubleshooting procedures in this chapter, the Cisco 12404 router consists of two AC power entry modules (PEMs).

DC-DC Power Converters


A DC-DC power converter is installed on each card in the card cage. The converter is under control of the MBus module, another component on each card. The DC-DC converter takes 48 VDC and converts it into +2.5, +3.3 and +5 VDC for use by the card circuitry.

Cooling System
Cooling subsystem is comprised of one fan tray assembly and one air filter. The fan tray assembly and air filter are hot swappable, and can be replaced while the system is running. The fan tray assembly should be operating whenever the system power is on; except when the fan tray assembly is being removed and replaced.

Warning

Replace the fan tray assembly within 2 minutes of removing it from the chassis or the router will go into a critical failure mode and shutdown, due to an overtemp condition.

Caution

Replace the fan tray assembly safely and quickly to maintain EMI compliance.

Processor Subsystem
The processor subsystem includes the RP and all line cards. Each card has an onboard processor. The RP downloads a copy of the Cisco IOS image to each line card processor. A line card or RP that is partially installed in the backplane might

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

4-15

Chapter 4 Identifying Startup Problems

Troubleshooting the Installation

cause the system to hang and crash. Two 4-character alphanumeric LED displays at the right of each line card or RP faceplate display status and error messages, which can aid in troubleshooting.

Identifying Startup Problems


Startup problems are commonly due to power source or to a card not properly seated in the backplane. Although an overtemperature condition is unlikely at initial startup, the environmental monitoring functions are included here because they also monitor internal voltages. When you start up the router for the first time, you should observe the startup sequence. This section contains a description of the normal startup sequence as follows:

Each card in the system has an MBus module and at least one DC-DC converter. Each MBus module controls the DC-DC converter. The MBus module receives +5 VDC directly from the power supplies through the backplane. When the power supply power switches are turned on, each MBus module boots from an onboard electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM) device. Each MBus module processor reads a set of identification pins on the card to the backplane connector telling the MBus module processor what kind of card it is mounted on, which in turn, determines how the MBus module will function. The consolidated switch fabric (CSF) containing the system clock, immediately powers on. The MBus module on the RP monitors the progress of the clock and scheduler card power on. When the CSF has powered up, the MBus module on the RP turns on its DC-DC converter powering up the RP. The RP sends the instructions to each line card to power on. Each line card processor begins to perform its own boot process. Each line card, through its MBus module, notifies the RP when the boot process is complete. As the boot process progresses for each card, the cards status is displayed in the alphanumeric LED displays. The left display is powered by the DC-DC converter on the card; the right display is powered by the +5 VDC that powers the MBus module.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

4-16

OL-11636-01

Chapter 4

Troubleshooting the Installation Identifying Startup Problems

By checking the state of the LEDs on the power supplies and the alphanumeric displays on the RP and line cards, you can determine when and where the system failed in the startup sequence. When you start up the system by turning on the power supply power switches, the following should occur:

The two Green INPUT OK LEDs for the AC PEMs should go on immediately; they should remain on as long as the system is receiving power from the AC power source, and the power switch is in the on position. If either of these LEDs does not go on, or if it goes off while the power switch is still on, there could be a problem with either the power source, the internal DC voltage 48 VDC that the power supplies distribute to the internal components, or the cooling subsystem.

The Green INPUT OK LEDs indicate the status of the PEM and internal DC voltages. These LEDs stay on when all of the following conditions are met:

AC power source voltage from an AC power source operating between 100-120 VAC, 15-Amp service in North America; and a range of 185-264 VAC, 10-Amp service, in an international environment. Power supplies are providing the 48 VDC to internal components. All internal DC voltages are within tolerance.
If the AC power source or any of the internal DC voltages exceed

allowable tolerances, the OUTPUT OK LED will not go on, or will go off shortly after you turn on the power. Because both the RP (which use +2.5, +3.3 and +5 VDC), and the fan tray assembly (which uses 48 VDC) are required for operation, a problem with any of the internal DC lines can prevent the system from starting up or continuing operation.
For example, if there is a problem with the 48 VDC line that supplies

the fan tray, the system will start up, but will also recognize that the fan are not operating. The system will initiate a fan failure shutdown sequence, display the appropriate warning messages, then shut down after two minutes. If there is a problem with any of the other DC lines, the RP will not be able to initialize the system software, so the system might attempt to start up and fail during the boot sequence.

When the system is powered on, the fan tray, located at the side of the chassis, immediately begins operating.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

4-17

Chapter 4 Troubleshooting the Power Subsystem

Troubleshooting the Installation

When the system is powered on, the alphanumeric LED displays on the RP indicate the following.
The left display indicates which RP software component is running. The right display indicates the phase of the boot process that is currently

occurring.

Troubleshooting the Power Subsystem


The power subsystem in the Cisco 12404 router consists of the following components.

AC PEMs DC PDUs and PEMs Processor subsystem Route Processor Line cards

Troubleshooting the AC Power Subsystem


The AC PEMs provide 48 VDC OUTPUT. The +5 VDC OUTPUT from the CSF powers the MBus module on each card in the system. The MBus module, in turn, control the DC-DC converters also present on each card in the system. The DC-DC converter takes 48 VDC from the power supply and converts it into +2.5, +3.3 and +5 VDC, which is distributed to the card circuitry. Begin checking the power subsystem by first looking at the three LEDs on the power supply faceplate. The INPUT OK LED on an AC PEM goes on when AC power is applied, The OUTPUT OK LED goes on when the PEM power switch is turned on. The amber OUTPUT FAIL LED is normally off, but goes On if the PEM detects a fault. The AC PEM are monitored by the MBus module and the RP for over- or undervoltage and over- or undercurrent conditions. Continue by checking the following to help isolate the problem with the power subsystem.
Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

4-18

OL-11636-01

Chapter 4

Troubleshooting the Installation Troubleshooting the Power Subsystem

Are the power supply INPUT OK and OUTPUT OK LEDs on?


If yes, the power source is good, and the power supplies are functional. If no, but the fan tray assembly is operating, suspect a faulty PEM LED.

If the fan tray assembly is operating, all internal DC voltages are within tolerance. Use the show environment command to check the voltages on each card. The fan tray assembly uses 48 VDC.
If no and there is not other obvious activity, first suspect that the PEM,

power switch is not in the ON position. Ensure PEM, power switch is toggled to the ON position.
If the PEM power switch is set correctly and the INPUT OK LED

remains off, suspect the AC power source, or the power cable.


Turn the PEM power switch Off and check the AC power source Verify that the AC power source circuit breaker is On and has not tripped. Verify that the AC power source circuit breaker has the proper current rating. Verify each AC PEM in the Cisco 12404 Internet router chassis is attached to a separate power source. Check that the uninterruptable power supply (UPS) is functioning correctly. (In the case of systems powered by an AC power source, there might be a UPS for each AC PEM in the system.)
Check the power cable or power cord from the power source to the

Cisco 12404 router.


Verify that it is in good shape and is not damaged. If the insulation appears cracked or broken, or the plugs appear loose, do not use the cable. Immediately replace it with a new cord or cable. If the LED fails to go On after you connect the power supply to a new power source. Turn the power switch Off and exchange the power cable with a replacement, if one is available, and turn the power switch back on. If the INPUT OK LED then goes on, return the first power cable for replacement. If the LED still fails to go on when connected to a different power source with a new power cable, the PEM is probably faulty. If a spare PEM is available, replace the existing module with the spare and restart the system. If the INPUT OK LED then goes on, return the faulty PEM for replacement.

If you are unable to resolve the problem or if you determine that either the power supply or power cable is faulty, contact a service representative for assistance.
Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

4-19

Chapter 4 Troubleshooting the Power Subsystem

Troubleshooting the Installation

Troubleshooting the DC Power Subsystem


The DC PEMs and PDUs provide DC power to the router which is distributed to the card circuitry. Begin checking the power subsystem by first looking at the three LEDs on the power supply faceplate. The INPUT OK LED on an DC PEM goes on when DC power is applied, The OUTPUT OK LED goes on when the PEM power switch is turned on. The amber OUTPUT FAIL LED is normally off, but goes On if the PEM detects a fault. The DC PEMs are monitored by the MBus module and the RP for over- or undervoltage and over- or undercurrent conditions. Continue by checking the following to help isolate the problem with the power subsystem.

Are the power supply INPUT OK and OUTPUT OK LEDs on?


If yes, the power source is good, and the power supplies are functional. If no, but the fan tray assembly is operating, suspect a faulty PEM LED.

If the fan tray assembly is operating, all internal DC voltages are within tolerance. Use the show environment command to check the voltages on each card. The fan tray assembly uses 48 VDC.
If no and there is not other obvious activity, first suspect that the PEM,

power switch is not in the ON position. Ensure the PEM power switch is On.
If the PEM power switch is On and the INPUT OK LED remains off,

suspect the DC power source, or the power cable.


Turn the PEM power switch Off and check the DC power source at the DC PDU terminal block. Verify that the DC power source circuit breaker is On and has not tripped. Verify that the DC power source circuit breaker has the proper current rating. Verify each DC PEM in the Cisco 12404 router chassis is attached to a separate power source. Check that the uninterruptable power supply (UPS) is functioning correctly. Systems powered by a DC power source, might have a UPS for each DC PDU in the system.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

4-20

OL-11636-01

Chapter 4

Troubleshooting the Installation Troubleshooting the Processor Subsystem

Check the power cables from the power source to the Cisco 12404 router. Verify that it is in good shape and is not damaged. If the insulation appears cracked or broken, or the plugs appear loose, do not use the cable. Immediately replace it with a new cord or cable. If the LED fails to go On after you connect the power supply to a new power source. Turn the power switch Off and exchange the power cable with a replacement, if one is available, and turn the power switch back on. If the INPUT OK LED then goes on, return the first power cable for replacement. If the LED still fails to go on when connected to a different power source with a new power cable, the PEM is probably faulty. If a spare PEM is available, replace the existing module with the spare and restart the system. If the INPUT OK LED then goes on, return the faulty PEM for replacement.

If you are unable to resolve the problem or if you determine that either the PEM, PDU or power cable is faulty, contact a service representative for assistance.

Troubleshooting the Processor Subsystem


The Cisco 12404 Internet router processor subsystem consists of the RP, the line cards, and the CSF card. The RP and the line cards each have two processors. One processor is the main processor; and the other processor is a component in the MBus module. The MBus module begins operation as soon as power is applied to the system. The MBus module determines the type of card it is mounted on and whether it should turn on the DC-DC converter. The RP MBus module turns on card power after a brief delay; the line card MBus modules delay turning on power until they receive a command from the RP. A Cisco 12404 router requires one RP be installed. The system cannot operate unless the RP is installed. A line card that is partially connected to the backplane will send incomplete signals to the RP, which could cause the system to hang. Line cards should be completely installed and seated in the backplane connector or fully removed and placed in a protective ESD device. If necessary, you can troubleshoot individual line cards, but first ensure that the RP is installed properly and the system software has initialized successfully. A power-on self-test (POST) runs immediately at power-on to determine the condition of the RP memory. Results are displayed in the alphanumeric LED display as a pass/fail message.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

4-21

Chapter 4 Troubleshooting the Processor Subsystem

Troubleshooting the Installation

Troubleshooting the Route Processor


Check the following to help isolate a problem with the RP.

Both the alphanumeric LED displays are on. The two displays are powered separately. The left display receives power from the DC-DC converter on the RP. The right display is powered directly from the power supply; therefore, even if the RP has not powered up, its right display could be on. If both displays are off, the RP may not be properly seated in the backplane connector, there might be a problem with the MBus module on the RP, or the system power supply might be off. If both displays are on, check the message being displayed. As soon as the DC-DC converter is turned on by the MBus module, the processor on the RP begins the boot process. Status messages are displayed as the boot process continues. (See Table 4-5 which provides a list of messages that can be displayed by the RP alphanumeric LED display.) If one of the messages appears frozen, the boot process could be halted. Write the message being displayed on a piece of paper. Turn off the system power supply power switches, then turn them back on to reset the system and start the boot process again. If the system halts again, the RP could be faulty and might need to be replaced.
If the PEMs and fans appear operational but none of the RP LEDs or

displays are on, suspect that the RP has not been properly installed or that the +5 VDC output from the CSF card is faulty.
Turn the PEM power switch to the OFF position on each PEM. Loosen the two captive screws on the left and right sides of the

RP faceplate, and use the ejector levers to eject and reseat the RP. Tighten the captive screws, then power on the system by turning the PEM power switches on.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

4-22

OL-11636-01

Chapter 4

Troubleshooting the Installation Troubleshooting the Processor Subsystem

Is a Critical, Major, or Minor alarm LED on the CSF card on?


If any of the three CSF card LEDs is on, a fault has been detected in the

system. Check the console for messages indicating the source of the problem.
There could be a false error indication originating from the RP

(Table 4-6). You might want to reseat or replace the RP.

Caution

The RP reset switch resets the RP and the entire system. To prevent system errors and problems, use it only at the direction of a Cisco-certified service representative.
Table 4-6 RP Alphanumeric LED Display Messages

LED Display1 LMEM TEST LCAH INIT BSS INIT NVRAM INIT EXPT INIT TLB INIT CACH INIT CACH PARY MEM INIT NVRAM SIZE

Indications2 Low memory test running Lower 15k cache initialization Initialize main memory for ROM Initialize NVRAM Initialize interrupt handlers Initialize TLB Initialize CPU data and instruction cache Enable CPU cache parity Initialize main memory Size of the NVRAM

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

4-23

Chapter 4 Troubleshooting the Processor Subsystem

Troubleshooting the Installation

Table 4-6

RP Alphanumeric LED Display Messages (continued)

LED Display1 PCMC INIT EXIT INIT IOS UP MSTR RP

Indications2 (continued) Initialize the PCMCIA Exit the initialization sequence The Cisco IOS software is up and running The RP is enabled and recognized by the system

1. The messages shown do not indicate a specific sequence. 2. Some messages appear briefly (millisecond duration); others last several seconds.

Troubleshooting the Line Cards


Line cards can be installed in slots in the card cage. As each line card powers on, a power-on self-test (POST) is performed on the line card memory. A full set of field diagnostics can also be run on a line card from the system console providing a pass/fail message both in the line card alphanumeric LED display and on the system console. Check the following to help isolate a problem with the line cards:

Are both banks of alphanumeric LED displays on?


The two displays are powered separately. The left display receives power

from the DC-DC converter on the line card. The right display is powered directly from the power supply. So, even if the line card has not powered up, the right display could be on. If both displays are off, the line card might not be fully plugged into the backplane connector, there might be a problem with the MBus module on the line card, or the system power supply may be off.
If both displays are on, check the message being displayed. As soon as

the DC-DC converter is turned on by the MBus module, the processor on the line card begins the boot process. Status messages are displayed in the alphanumeric displays as the boot process continues on the line card.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

4-24

OL-11636-01

Chapter 4

Troubleshooting the Installation Troubleshooting the Processor Subsystem

Table 4-7 provides a list of messages that can be displayed by the line card alphanumeric LED display. Some of these messages are displayed only for a few milliseconds; others can last for several seconds.
Table 4-7 Line Card Alphanumeric LED Display Messages

LED Display1 MEM TEST LROM RUN BSS INIT RST SAVE IO RST EXPT INIT TLB INIT CACH INIT MEM INIT LROM RDY ROMI GET FABL WAIT FABL DNLD FABL STRT

Indications2 POST memory test running After POST memory test Initialize main memory for ROM Save reset reason register Reset the I/O system on the card Initialize interrupt handlers Initialize TLB Initialize CPU data and instruction cache Initialize main memory Ready to access download Getting ROM images Wait for load of fabric downloader The fabric downloader loads The fabric downloader launches

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

4-25

Chapter 4 Troubleshooting the Cooling Subsystem

Troubleshooting the Installation

Table 4-7

Line Card Alphanumeric LED Display Messages (continued)

LED Display1 FABL RUN IOS DNLD IOS STRT IOS UP IOS RUN

Indications2 (continued) The fabric downloader launch is complete The Cisco IOS software downloads The Cisco IOS software launches The Cisco IOS software runs in DRAM The line card is enabled and ready for use

1. The messages shown do not indicate a specific sequence. 2. Some messages appear briefly (millisecond duration); others last several seconds.

Troubleshooting the Cooling Subsystem


The Cisco 12404 Internet router has a fan tray assembly located on the left side of the chassis when you are facing the front of the chassis. The fan tray assembly assembly provides cooling air for the router components. The fan tray assembly receives power and signals though a connector mounted on the fan tray, which mates with a connector mounted on the backplane. The fan tray assembly contains:

7 fans 2 controller cards 1 connector

Note

In noisy environments listen for the fans. Place your hand at the left side of the chassis beside the fan tray assembly to feel for air being forced out the exhaust vents.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

4-26

OL-11636-01

Chapter 4

Troubleshooting the Installation Troubleshooting the Cooling Subsystem

If the fans come On, the 48 VDC line from the power supply to the fan tray assembly is good. If the fans do not come On, there could a problem with either the fan tray assembly or the 48 VDC power. Check the OUTPUT FAIL LED on each power supply. If the OUTPUT FAIL LED on a PEM is On, the PEM is faulty and should be replaced. If the fans do not come on and the PEM OUTPUT FAIL LED is Off (48 VDC is OK), ensure that the fan tray assembly is seated properly to the backplane connector.
Remove the fan tray assembly by loosening the two captive screws

holding it to the chassis, grasp the fan tray assembly handle and pull the fan tray assembly out and then firmly push the fan tray assembly into its housing to reseat the fan tray assembly. Tighten the two captive screws.

If the fans do not come on, there could be a problem with the fan tray assembly controller card. The following message on your console monitor, indicates that the system has detected an overtemperature condition or out-of-tolerance power inside your router.
Queued messages: %ENVM-1-SHUTDOWN: Environmental Monitor initiated shutdown

An overtemperature condition is unlikely at initial startup due to an environmental shutdown. As a precaution, ensure that heated exhaust air from other equipment is not entering the air filter, and that there is sufficient clearance (at least 6 inches, 15.24 cm) around all sides of the chassis to allow cooling air to enter and hot air to exhaust. Should an overtemperature condition occur at initial startup:
Check the condition of the air filter. If the air filter appears dirty, you

should remove the air filter and replace it; or remove the air filter, take it away from the chassis, and vacuum the air filter.
The overtemperature condition message could also indicate a faulty

component or temperature sensor. Before the system shuts down, use the show environment all or show environment table commands to display the internal system environment including voltages and temperatures measured at each card.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

4-27

Chapter 4 Troubleshooting the Cooling Subsystem

Troubleshooting the Installation

If the fan tray assembly is faulty, you must replace the entire fan tray assembly. If you are still unable to resolve the problem, contact a service representative for assistance.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

4-28

OL-11636-01

C H A P T E R

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router


Overview
This chapter contains safety at the field replaceable unit (FRU) level, removal and replacement instructions for FRUs and procedures to troubleshoot the FRUs. Your Cisco 12404 Internet Router is equipped as ordered and is ready for installation and startup when it leaves the factory. After you install and configure your router, you will need maintenance. These procedures are designed to help you replace a FRU and to ensure that your Cisco 12404 Internet router continues to operate properly. Most Cisco 12404 router FRUs can be removed and replaced with the power on and the system operating, the online insertion and removal of components with the power on, is known as hot swappable. The FRU parts in Table 5-1 are described in this chapter. Table 5-1 shows the FRUs that are hot swappable and those that are not.
Table 5-1 FRU Online Insertion and Removal Chart

FRU DC power entry module (PEM) DC Power distribution unit (PDU) AC PEM Air filter

Hot Swappable Yes (if redundant PEMs installed) No Yes (if redundant PEMs installed) Yes
Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

OL-11636-01

5-1

Chapter 5 Overview

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Table 5-1

FRU Online Insertion and Removal Chart (continued)

FRU Line cards Route processor CSF card Fan tray assembly Cable management bracket Center mount brackets

Hot Swappable Yes Yes (if redundant RPs installed) No Yes n/a n/a

As your networking requirements change, you will want to upgrade your system by adding or changing components. The following sections describe tools and instructions to assist you in performing upgrades and periodic maintenance on your Cisco 12404 router.

Tools and Equipment, page 5-3 Powering Off an AC Powered Router, page 5-3 Powering Off a DC Powered Router, page 5-5 Removing and Installing the Front Door on Cisco 12404 Enhanced Series Router, page 5-6 Removing and Replacing an AC Power Entry Module, page 5-10 Removing and Replacing a DC Power Entry Module, page 5-14 Removing and Replacing a DC PDU, page 5-19 Cleaning and Replacing the Air Filter, page 5-25 Removing and Replacing the Fan Tray Assembly, page 5-28 Removing and Replacing an RP or Line Card, page 5-31 Removing and Replacing a Consolidated Switch Fabric Card, page 5-39 Removing and Replacing the Chassis, page 5-42 Transferring System Components, page 5-45 Removing the Chassis from the Equipment Rack, page 5-48 Installing the Replacement Chassis, page 5-50 Restarting the Cisco 12404 Internet Router, page 5-53

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-2

OL-11636-01

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Tools and Equipment

Upgrading the RP and Line Card Memory, page 5-53

Before you perform the procedures in this chapter, review the following safety information in the Regulatory Compliance and Safety Information for the Cisco 12000 Internet Routers, Publication Number 78-4347-09). This document is shipped with your Cisco 12404 router.

Tools and Equipment


The following section lists tools and equipment for unpacking, performing maintenance, and setting up your Cisco 12404 router.

ESD-preventive strap 3/16-inch flat-blade screwdrivers 1/4-inch flat-blade screwdrivers 9/15-inch (14-mm) wrench 3/4-inch (19-mm) socket and ratchet wrench 2-mm allen wrench Vacuum cleaner Antistatic bag (or similar ESD-preventive container) Number 2 Phillips screwdriver

Powering Off an AC Powered Router


To power off an AC powered router:
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Turnoff the AC PEM power switch for each AC PEM installed (Figure 5-1). Turn off all circuit breakers for AC source power. Unplug all power cords from all AC power source outlets. Attach an ESD-preventive strap to your wrist or ankle. Attach the ESD clip to the chassis or to a bare metal surface.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

5-3

Chapter 5 Powering Off an AC Powered Router

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Figure 5-1

AC PEM

INPUT OK

OUTPUT OUT OK

PUT FAIL

INPUT 100-240 V 12A 50/80HZ

1 2 3
Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 Step 9 Step 10 Step 11

AC PEM handle On/Off switch Bail Latch

4 5 6

Power cord receptacle LEDs Captive screws

Release the bail latch holding the AC power cord to the power receptacle. Unplug the power cord from the AC PEM receptacle. Verify that the green AC PEM Input OK, Output OK, and amber Output Fail LEDs are all off. Visually check that the AC PEM fans are all off. Visually check that the fan tray assembly fans are all off. Visually check that all RP and line card LEDs are all off. Visually check that the CSF LEDs are all off.

Caution

In a noisy environment, place your hand in front of the fan compartment on each part with a fan, to ensure the fans are all off.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-4

OL-11636-01

66289

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Powering Off a DC Powered Router

Powering Off a DC Powered Router


To power off a DC-powered router:
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

Turn off the DC PEM power switch for each DC PEM installed (Figure 5-2). Turn off all circuit breakers for DC source power. Attach an ESD-preventive strap to your wrist or ankle; and attach the ESD clip to the chassis or to a bare metal surface. Verify that the green DC PEM Input OK, Output OK, and amber Output Fail LEDs are all off. Visually check that the fan tray assembly fans are all off. Visually check that the DC PEM fans are all off.
Figure 5-2 DC PEM and PDU

INP UT 48/ 60V 35A

INPUT OK

OUTPUT OK

7 3 6

5 4

1 2 3 4

DC PDU DC PEM PEM captive screws LEDs

5 6 7

On/Off switch PDU captive screws Terminal Block

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

5-5

66295

OUTPUT FAIL

Chapter 5 Removing and Installing the Front Door on Cisco 12404 Enhanced Series Router

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Step 7 Step 8

Visually check that all RP and line card LEDs are all off. Visually check that the CSF LEDs are all off.

Caution

In a noisy environment, place your hand in front of the fan compartment on each part with a fan, to ensure the fans are all off. Remove all power lines positive (+), negative (-) and ground wires connected to the DC PDU block.

Step 9

Removing and Installing the Front Door on Cisco 12404 Enhanced Series Router
The Cisco 12404 enhanced series router has a new one-piece front door. The router ships with the door hinge mounted on the left side of the chassis so that it opens from right-to-left. This section describes how to change the front door to open from left-to-right by installing the hinge on the opposite side. Use the following procedure to change the location of the hinge.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-6

OL-11636-01

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Removing and Installing the Front Door on Cisco 12404 Enhanced Series Router

Step 1 Figure 5-3

Open the front door by pressing the right latch button (Figure 5-3).

Opening the Front Door

CLEAN
WITH ALCOHOL WIPES BEFORE CONNECTING

CONNECTOR

CLASS 1 LASER LASERPRODUKT PRODUCT PRODUIT LASER DER KLASSE 1 DE CLASSE 1 PRODUCTO LASER DE CLASSE 1

0 1 2 3
T SL SL -1 OT -0 OT RE SE T

TX RX
ACTIVE CARRIER RX PKT

EJ

EC

AU

X
CO RX RJ LIN K TX MI
CR IT M IC AJ M AL OR IN OR

-45

GIGABIT
MBUS FAIL ENABLE
ALARM FABRIC

ROUTE

PROCESSO

CONSOL

IDATED

SWITCH

FABRIC

Front Door Latch

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

149467

E OL NS CO

LL

40C48/PO S-SR-SC

5-7

Chapter 5 Removing and Installing the Front Door on Cisco 12404 Enhanced Series Router

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Step 2

Remove the front door by lifting the (top and bottom) hinge pins to free the door from the chassis (Figure 5-4).

Caution

Make sure you are holding the front door securely so it does not drop when you release it from the chassis. Reinstall the hinge pins into the chassis hinge brackets.

Step 3 Figure 5-4

Removing or Installing Hinge Pins

CLEAN
WITH ALCOHOL WIPES BEFORE CONNECTIN G

CONNEC

TOR

CLASS 1 LASER LASERPRODUK PRODUCT T PRODUIT LASER DER KLASSE 1 DE CLASSE 1 PRODUCTO LASER DE CLASSE 1

0 1 2 3

TX RX
ACTIVE CARRIER

EJ

T EC

1 OTSL 0 OTSL

RX PKT

ET RES

X AU

K LIN

TX MII

CR IT M IC A M AL JO IN R OR

GIGABI
MBUS FAIL ENABLE

T ROUTE

PROCES

SOR

ALARM FABRIC

CONSO

LIDATE D SW

ITCH FAB

RIC

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-8

OL-11636-01

149468

OLE NS CO

LL CO RX

45 RJ-

40C48/P OS-SR-SC

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Removing and Installing the Front Door on Cisco 12404 Enhanced Series Router

Step 4 Figure 5-5

Remove the bumpers and pivot blocks from the door as shown in Figure 5-5.

Removing the Bumpers and Pivot Blocks

Bumpers
Step 5

Pivot Blocks

Reinstall the hardware to the opposite sides of the front door:


a. b.

Mount pivot blocks to the left side and tighten the screws until snug. Mount the bumpers to the right side and tighten the screws until snug.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

149469

5-9

Chapter 5 Removing and Replacing an AC Power Entry Module

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Step 6

Attach the front door to the chassis:


a. b.

Remove the hinge pins from the hinges on the right side of the chassis. Align the pivot blocks on the front door with the hinges on the right side of the chassis and install the hinge pins to hold the door in place (see Figure 5-4). Close the front door by pressing the latch button allowing the door latch to engage with the hinge pins on the chassis.

c.

Removing and Replacing an AC Power Entry Module


The AC PEM supports online insertion and removal (OIR), so you can remove and install the PEM while the system remains powered on without presenting an electrical hazard or damage to the system. This feature lets you replace the AC PEM while the system maintains all routing information and ensures session preservation.

Caution

Although an AC PEM supports OIR and can be replaced without interruption to system operation, do not operate the system without the PEM for more than a few minutes. Refer to Figure 5-6 and use the following procedure to remove and replace an AC PEM.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Power off the faulty PEM. Unplug the power supply cord from its AC outlet. Power off the circuit breaker assigned to that AC outlet. Release the bail latch and unplug the power cord from its receptacle. Verify that all status LEDs are off. Loosen the two captive screws that secure the PEM to the chassis.

Step 5

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-10

OL-11636-01

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Removing and Replacing an AC Power Entry Module

Step 6

Remove the PEM from the chassis using the finger grips to pull it out.

Warning

An AC PEM weighs approximately 11.0 lbs. (4.98 kg.). Use both hands to remove it from the chassis.
Figure 5-6 AC PEM Components

INPUT OK

OUTPUT OUTPUT OK FAIL

INPUT 100-240 V 12A 50/80HZ

1 2 3

AC PEM finger grips On/Off switch Bail latch

4 5 6

Power cord receptacle Status LEDs Captive screws

Tip

If you plan to return the defective PEM to the factory, repackage it in the shipping container you received with the replacement PEM. Slide the replacement PEM into the bay until it is seated to the backplane connector. Make sure the power switch is in the off (0) position. Tighten the two captive screws to secure the PEM to the chassis. Electrical connections between the PEM the backplane connector are made automatically when the PEM is fully seated and the captive screws are tightened.
Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

Step 7

Step 8

OL-11636-01

5-11

66289

Chapter 5 Removing and Replacing an AC Power Entry Module

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Step 9 Step 10 Step 11 Step 12

Connect the power cord into the receptacle and place the bail latch over the power cord to secure it in place. Plug the power cord into its AC outlet. Power on the circuit breaker assigned to that AC outlet. Power on the PEM.

The green INPUT OK and OUTPUT OK LEDs are on. The amber OUTPUT FAIL LED is off.

See the Troubleshooting an AC PEM Installation section on page 5-13 if the PEM does not power on correctly.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-12

OL-11636-01

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Removing and Replacing an AC Power Entry Module

Troubleshooting an AC PEM Installation


Refer to Figure 5-7 and use the following procedure to troubleshoot the PEM installation.
Figure 5-7 AC PEM Status LEDs

INPUT OK

OUTPUT OUT OK

PUT FAIL

INPUT 100-240 V 12A 50/80HZ

INPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT FAIL OK OK

1 2 3

INPUT OK OUTPUT OK OUTPUT FAIL

Green On Green On Amber On

The PEM is powered on and operating correctly. The AC power source is present and operating within the specified limit. The PEM detects a fault condition causing it to shutdown.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

5-13

66290

Chapter 5 Removing and Replacing a DC Power Entry Module

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Step 1

If the INPUT OK and OUTPUT OK LEDs are off, or if the OUTPUT FAIL LED is on, check that the:

PEM is firmly seated in the bay and the captive screws are tightened securely. AC power source circuit breaker is switched on. Power cord is firmly plugged into the AC power source receptacle. Power cord is firmly plugged into the PEM and the bail latch is secure over the plug. Power switch is set to the on (1) position.

Step 2 Step 3

If the problem still exists after checking the items in Step 1, replace the PEM. If replacing the PEM does not correct the problem, contact a Cisco service representative for assistance.

Removing and Replacing a DC Power Entry Module


The DC PEM supports online insertion and removal (OIR), so you can remove and install the PEM while the system remains powered on without presenting an electrical hazard or damage to the system. This feature lets you replace the AC PEM while the system maintains all routing information and ensures session preservation.

Caution

Although a DC PEM supports OIR and can be replaced without interruption to system operation, do not operate the system without the PEM for more than a few minutes. Refer to Figure 5-8 and use the following procedure to remove and replace a DC PEM.

Step 1 Step 2

Power off the faulty PEM. Power off the circuit breaker assigned to the DC power source. Verify that all LEDs are off.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-14

OL-11636-01

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Removing and Replacing a DC Power Entry Module

Step 3 Step 4

Loosen the three captive screws that secure the PEM to the chassis. Remove the PEM from the chassis using the finger grips to pull it out.

Warning

A DC PEM weighs approximately 11.0 lbs. (4.98 kg.). Use both hands to remove it from the chassis.

Figure 5-8

DC PEM and PDU Components

INP UT 48/ 60V 35A

INPUT OUTPUT OK OK

7 3 6

5 4

1 2 3 4

DC PDU DC PEM PEM captive screws Status LEDs

5 6 7

On/Off switch PDU captive screws PDU terminal block

Tip

If you plan to return the defective PEM to the factory, repackage it in the shipping container you received with the replacement PEM.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

66295

OUTPUT FAIL

5-15

Chapter 5 Removing and Replacing a DC Power Entry Module

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Step 5

Slide the replacement PEM into the bay until it is seated to the backplane connector. Make sure the power switch is in the off (0) position. Tighten the three captive screws to secure the PEM to the chassis. Electrical connections between the PEM the backplane connector are made automatically when the PEM is fully seated and the captive screws are tightened.

Step 6

Step 7 Step 8

Power on the circuit breaker assigned to the DC source power. Power on the PEM.

The green INPUT OK and OUTPUT OK LEDs are on. The amber OUTPUT FAIL LED is off.

See the Troubleshooting the DC PEM Installation section on page 5-17 if the PEM does not power on correctly.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-16

OL-11636-01

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Removing and Replacing a DC Power Entry Module

Troubleshooting the DC PEM Installation


Refer to Figure 5-9 and use the following procedure to troubleshoot the PEM installation.
Figure 5-9 DC PEM Status LEDs

INP UT 48/ 60V 35A

INPUT OUTPUT OK OK

2
INPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OK FAIL OK

1 2 3 4 5

DC PDU DC PEM INPUT OK (Green) OUTPUT OK (Green) OUTPUT FAIL (Amber) On On On DC PEM is operating normally in a power-on condition DC power source is present and within specified limit PEM is operating in a fault condition and shutdown has occurred

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

66399

OUTPUT FAIL

5-17

Chapter 5 Removing and Replacing a DC Power Entry Module

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Step 1

If the INPUT OK and OUTPUT OK LEDs are off, or if the OUTPUT FAIL LED is on, check that the:

PEM is firmly seated in the bay and the captive screws are tightened securely. DC power source circuit breaker is switched on. Power switch is set to the on (1) position.

Step 2 Step 3

If the problem still exists after checking the items in Step 1, replace the PEM. If replacing the PEM does not correct the problem, contact a Cisco service representative for assistance.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-18

OL-11636-01

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Removing and Replacing a DC PDU

Removing and Replacing a DC PDU


The DC PDU does not support online insertion and removal (OIR) and cannot be replaced while the system is operating. You must power off the router before replacing the PDU.

Warning

To remove and replace the DC PDU, the system must be powered off. Notify the network administrator and other appropriate personnel that all routing traffic stops while the PDU is replaced.

Refer to Figure 5-10 and use the following procedure to remove and replace a DC PDU.
Figure 5-10 DC PEM and PDU Components

INP UT 48/ 60V 35A

INPUT OUTPUT OK OK

7 3 6

5 4

1 2 3 4

DC PDU DC PEM PEM captive screws Status LEDs

5 6 7

On/Off switch PDU captive screws PDU terminal block

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

66295

OUTPUT FAIL

5-19

Chapter 5 Removing and Replacing a DC PDU

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Step 1 Step 2

Power off both PEMs. Power off the circuit breakers assigned to the DC power source. Verify that all status LEDs on both PEMs are off. Loosen the terminal block screws to disconnect the positive, negative, and ground wires from the DC PDU terminal block of the faulty PEM.

Step 3

Caution

Before removing wires, be sure to note the color for each type of wire (positive, negative, and ground). Because there is no color code standard for source DC wiring, you must be sure which power wires are connected to the proper positive (+) and negative () terminal ports. Typically, green (or green and yellow) indicate a ground wire, while power wire leads may be labeled positive (+) or negative (). Because this is not always the case, the safest way to indicate the polarity of a wire is to note its color and identify it as described in this procedure.

Warning

When disconnecting source DC power wires, always disconnect the ground wire last.

Step 4 Step 5

Loosen the captive screws securing the PDU and the PEM to the chassis. Remove the PDU/PEM from the chassis using the finger grips to pull it out.

Warning

A DC PEM and PDU weigh more than 11.0 lbs. (4.98 kg.). Use both hands to remove it from the chassis.

Place the PDU/PEM on a table or other flat surface.


Step 6 Step 7

Disconnect the PDU from the PEM. Connect the new PDU to the PEM (Figure 5-11).

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-20

OL-11636-01

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Removing and Replacing a DC PDU

Figure 5-11

Connector for DC PEM and DC PDU (DC PEM Rear view)

INP UT 48/6 0V 35A

Step 8

Slide the PDU/PEM into the bay until the PEM is seated to the backplane connector. Make sure the power switch is in the off (0) position. Tighten the captive screws to secure the PDU and PEM to the chassis. Electrical connections between the PEM the backplane connector are made automatically when the PEM is fully seated and the captive screws are tightened.

Step 9

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

5-21

66249

Chapter 5 Removing and Replacing a DC PDU

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Step 10

Connect the ground, positive, and negative wires to the PDU terminal block in the following order (Figure 5-12):
a.

Reconnect the ground wire.

Warning

When reconnecting source DC power wires, always connect the ground wire first.
b. c.

Reconnect the positive wire. Reconnect the negative wire.

Caution

Be sure to connect the wires according to the color coding notes and labels you made in Step 3.
Figure 5-12 DC PDU Terminal Block

+
GN

1 2

D 3
66949

1 2

Negative port Positive port

3 4

Ground port Terminal port connector screws

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-22

OL-11636-01

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Removing and Replacing a DC PDU

Step 11 Step 12

Power on the circuit breakers assigned to the DC power source. Power on both PEMs.

The green INPUT OK and OUTPUT OK LEDs are on. The amber OUTPUT FAIL LED is off.

See the Troubleshooting the DC PDU Installation section on page 5-24 if the PEM does not power on correctly.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

5-23

Chapter 5 Removing and Replacing a DC PDU

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Troubleshooting the DC PDU Installation


Refer to Figure 13 and use the following procedure to troubleshoot the PDU installation.
Figure 13 DC PDU, PEM, and Status LEDs

INP UT 48/ 60V 35A

INPUT OUTPUT OK OK

2
INPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OK FAIL OK

1 2 3 4 5

DC PDU DC PEM INPUT OK (Green) OUTPUT OK (Green) OUTPUT FAIL (Amber) On On On DC PEM is operating normally in a power-on condition DC power source is present and within specified limit PEM is operating in a fault condition and shutdown has occurred

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-24

66399

OUTPUT FAIL

OL-11636-01

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Cleaning and Replacing the Air Filter

Step 1

If the INPUT OK and OUTPUT OK LEDs are off, or if the OUTPUT FAIL LED is on, check that the:

PEM is firmly seated in the bay and the captive screws are tightened securely. DC power source circuit breakers are switched on. DC power cables are securely attached to the PDU terminal block. Power switch is set to the on (1) position.

Step 2 Step 3

If the problem still exists after checking the items in Step 1, replace the PEM. If replacing the PEM does not correct the problem, contact a Cisco service representative for assistance.

Cleaning and Replacing the Air Filter


The Cisco 12404 Internet router has a serviceable air filter. Facing the rear of the chassis, the air filter is housed on the left side of the chassis. The air filter location is shown in Figure 5-14. Air flow through the air filter is shown in Figure 5-15. The air filter removes dust from the room air drawn into the router by the cooling fans. One time per month (or more often in dusty environments), you should examine the air filter. If the filter appears dirty, you can either vacuum or replace it. If the filter appears worn or torn, dispose of it in a responsible manner and install a replacement air filter. Cleaning and replacing the air filter is presented in the following sections:

Removing the Air Filter, page 5-26 Installing the Air Filter, page 5-28

Note

You can perform these procedures with the router power on.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

5-25

Chapter 5 Cleaning and Replacing the Air Filter

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Removing the Air Filter


To remove and clean an air filter (Figure 5-14):

Note

Do not damage the air filter. Damage to the air filter can restrict the airflow and cause an overtemperature condition in the router.
Figure 5-14 Cisco 12404 Internet Router Air Filter Location

INPUT OK

OUTPUT OUTPUT OK FAIL

INPUT 100-240 V 12A 50/80HZ

INPUT OK

OUTPUT OUTPUT OK FAIL

INPUT 100-240 V 12A 50/80HZ

Step 1 Step 2

Attach an ESD-preventive strap to your wrist or ankle; and attach the ESD clip to the chassis or to a bare metal surface. Grasp the small tab on the edge of the air filter and pull the tab to remove the air filter from the housing.

Tip

If you are unable to lift the tab on the edge of the air filter, use a 3/16-inch flat-blade screwdriver to lift the tab, then grasp it.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-26

OL-11636-01

66278

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Cleaning and Replacing the Air Filter

Step 3

Move the air filter away from the chassis (Figure 5-15).
Figure 5-15 Cisco 12404 Internet Router Air Filter Direction of Air Flow

AIRFLOW AIRFLOW
AIRFLOW AIRFLOW

Step 4

Visually check the condition of the air filter.

Caution

When cleaning or replacing the air filter keep it away from the RP and line card cage so that any dislodged dust will not be drawn into the cage. Do not vacuum the air filter while it is installed in the housing.

If the filter appears dirty, you can either vacuum or replace it. If the filter appears worn or torn, dispose of it in a responsible manner and install a replacement air filter.

Caution

Never wash an air filter and immediately reinstall it in the chassis, because moisture drawn inside the chassis can damage the components. Allow the air filter to become completely dry.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

5-27

66291

Chapter 5 Removing and Replacing the Fan Tray Assembly

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Installing the Air Filter


Instructions for installing the air filter in the air filter housing, at the left rear side of the chassis, are presented in the following steps. Use Figure 5-15 as a reference for installing the air filter.
Step 1

Attach an ESD-preventive strap to your wrist or ankle; and attach the ESD clip to the chassis or to a bare metal surface.

Timesaver

The arrows on the top edge of the air filter note the direction of air flow. Insert the air filter into its housing with the arrows pointing toward the card cage. Slide the air filter completely into the air filter housing.

Step 2

Caution

Do not damage the air filter. Damage to the air filter can restrict the airflow, cause an overtemperature condition in the router and degrade EMI performance.

Removing and Replacing the Fan Tray Assembly


The fan tray assembly supports online insertion and removal (OIR), so you can remove and install the fan tray assembly while the system remains powered on without presenting an electrical hazard or damage to the system. This feature lets you replace the fan tray assembly while the system maintains all routing information and ensures session preservation.

Caution

Although the fan tray assembly supports OIR and can be replaced without interruption to system operation, do not operate the system without the fan tray assembly for more than a few minutes to prevent overheating.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-28

OL-11636-01

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Removing and Replacing the Fan Tray Assembly

Use the following procedure to remove and replace the fan tray assembly.
Step 1

Loosen the two captive screws on the fan tray assembly (item 3 in Figure 5-16).
Figure 5-16 Cisco 12404 Internet Router Fan Tray Assembly Location

INPUT 100-240V 12A 50/80HZ


INPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OK FAIL OK

INPUT 100-240V 12A 50/80HZ


INPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT OK FAIL OK

1 2

Chassis AC PEM

Fan tray assembly

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

5-29

66294

Chapter 5 Removing and Replacing the Fan Tray Assembly

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Step 2

Grasp the handle and pull the fan tray assembly out of the fan tray housing (Figure 5-17).

Support the bottom of the assembly with your other hand when removing the fan tray. Electrical connection for the fans are automatically disconnected when the fan tray is removed from the housing.
Cisco 12404 Router Fan Tray Assembly

Figure 5-17

Step 3

Hold the fan tray assembly with both hands and insert the connector end of the fan try into the fan tray assembly housing channel.

Note

The fan try is designed to install only one way. Excessive force is not necessary when installing the fan tray assembly in the housing channel. Tighten the two captive screws on the fan tray assembly. Electrical and control line connections for the fan tray assembly are made automatically when the fan tray is properly seated in the fan tray housing.

Step 4

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-30

OL-11636-01

66250

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Removing and Replacing an RP or Line Card

Troubleshooting the Fan Tray Assembly Installation


After the fan tray assembly is connected to a power source, follow these steps to verify that the fan tray assembly is operating properly.
Step 1

Verify that the fans are operating when the connectors are properly mated at the backplane and the captive screws are tightened. If the fans are not operating check that:

The fan tray assembly is seated properly and is flush against the chassis. The captive screws are tightened securely.

Step 2 Step 3

If the AC or DC power source was disconnected to remove and replace the fan tray assembly, make sure the router is powered on. If the fan tray assembly does not operate after verifying the items in steps 1 and 2, replace the fan tray assembly.

Caution

If the replacement fan assembly does not operate, shut down your router and contact a Cisco service representative for assistance.

Removing and Replacing an RP or Line Card


The process to remove and replace a card in the RP and line card cage is presented in this section. Line cards can occupy any slot, zero (0) through 3 in the RP and line card cage. Your Cisco 12404 router is configured with the RP in slot 0 (Figure 5-18). Redundant RPs can be placed in any slot and requires a line card spacer to comply with EMI emission standards. Additional line card information can be found in the respective installation and configuration note for each type of line card. Installation and configuration notes accompany every line card that ships from the factory as a field-replaceable unit (FRU).

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

5-31

Chapter 5 Removing and Replacing an RP or Line Card

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Figure 5-18

CSF Location and RP and Line Card Slot Numbers

3 2 1 0
Fabric Alarm
66252

Removing an RP or Line Card


RP and line cards are hot swappable modules of the Cisco 12404 router. Removing an RP or line card from the RP and line card cage is presented in the following steps.
Step 1

Attach an ESD-preventive strap to your wrist or ankle; and attach the ESD clip to the chassis or to a bare metal surface.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-32

OL-11636-01

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Removing and Replacing an RP or Line Card

Step 2

Identify the RP or line card to be replaced and write down the following information:

The RP cable connections on the RP. The number and type of RP or line card, so that you will know the location of the card when you re-install it or the replacement, in the card cage. The network interface cable connection ports, on the RP or line card.

Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

On RPs, and line cards with multiple ports, start with the left port on the card and disconnect the interface cable connectors from each of the ports. After all of the interface cables are disconnected, loosen the two captive screws on the cable-management bracket and pull the bracket away from the card. Loosen the two ejector lever captive screws at each end of the RP or line card faceplate. Simultaneously pivot the ejector levers away from each other to unseat the RP or line card from the backplane connector and rotate each ejector lever outward away from the faceplate. See Figure 5-19.

Caution

Fully remove each RP or line card from the slots. Do not allow the line card to rest partially inserted into the slots as this will damage the EMI shielding on the RP or line card in the slot directly below. Grasp the edges of the card carrier with both hand to support it and fully remove the RP or line card from the slots. Immediately place the RP or line card in an antistatic bag to protect it against ESD and to prevent dust from getting to the fiber-optic connectors on fiber-optic line cards. If you plan to return the defective unit to the factory, repackage it in the shipping container you received with the replacement RP or line card.

Step 7 Step 8

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

5-33

Chapter 5 Removing and Replacing an RP or Line Card

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Figure 5-19

Removing an RP or Line Card from the Card Cage

CLEAN
WITH ALCOHOL WIPES BEFORE CONNECTING

CONNECTOR

CLASS 1 LASER LASERPROD PRODUCT UKT PRODUIT LASER DER KLASSE 1 DE CLASSE 1 PRODUCTO LASER DE CLASSE 1

0 1 2 3

TX RX
ACTIVE CARRIER RX PKT

SR-SC

AU

OL NS CO

LL CO RX

-45 RJ
CR ITI MA CA JO MI NO L R R

K LIN

TX MI I

GIGABIT

MBUS

ROUTE

PROCESSO

ALARM

FAIL ENABLE

FABRIC

CONSOLI DATED SWITCH FABRIC

Installing a Route Processor or Line Card


This section contains the procedure to install an RP or line card in the card cage.

Note

Installing a card in slot 1 when all other slots are filled may require additional effort to properly seat the card. Because of the tight fit you have to either apply extra pressure to properly seat the card, or you can remove the card in slot 2 before installing the card in slot 1. After you install the card in slot 1 you can reinstall the card in slot 2. To replace an RP or line card follow the steps in this procedure.

Step 1 Step 2

Attach an ESD-preventive strap to your wrist or ankle; and attach the ESD clip to the chassis or to a bare metal surface. Check your notes on the slot assignment and network interface cable information that you wrote down before removing the other RP or line card.

Caution

Handle the RPs and line cards by the metal card carrier edges only; avoid touching the board itself or any connector pins. Remove the RP or line card from its shipping package and antistatic bag.

Step 3

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-34

OL-11636-01

66243

T EC EJ

-1 OT SL -0 OT SL

T SE RE

40C48/POS-

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Removing and Replacing an RP or Line Card

Step 4

Set both edges of the RP or line card carrier into the card slot carrier alignment grooves on either side of the card cage.

Caution

Do not allow the line card to rest partially inserted into the slots as this will damage the EMI shielding on the RP or line card in the slot directly below. Pivot the ejector levers away from each other; rotate each ejector lever outward away from the faceplate. Grasp the edges of the metal card carrier with both hands to support and guide the RP or line card into the slot alignment grooves in the card cage.

Step 5 Step 6

Caution

One edge of the card carrier faceplate is lined with an EMI-preventive gasket consisting of many raised, conductive contacts. Be careful not to damage the gasket contacts, because a damaged card carrier gasket can result in reduced EMI performance. Use both thumbs to slide the card carrier into the RP or line card slot until the ejector levers make contact with the front of the card cage, then stop. Grasp the two RP or line card ejector levers and pivot them toward the card faceplate until they are perpendicular to the faceplate; this action will seat the RP or line card in the backplane connector.

Step 7 Step 8

Note Step 9

The line card will not boot properly if not fully seated.

Tighten the captive screws on each side of the card faceplate to prevent the RP or line card from becoming partially dislodged from the backplane and to ensure proper EMI shielding.

Note

The line card captive screws must be tightened to meet EMI specification standards.

Repeat Step 1 through Step 9 for any additional replacement RPs or line cards, and then proceed to the next section.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

5-35

Chapter 5 Removing and Replacing an RP or Line Card

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Attaching an RP and Line Card Cable Management Bracket


When you install a new RP or line card, you must attach the line card cable-management bracket to the faceplate of the card before connecting cables. The type of line card cable-management bracket used by a line card is determined by the line card type and the number of network interface ports on the card faceplate. Cisco 12000 series router line cards use cable-management brackets for the following.

Organize the network interface cables Keep the network interface cables out of the way Position connectors at their respective ports on the faceplate of the line card Keep the cables free of sharp bends (excessive bending in a network interface cable can cause performance degradation)

Attaching the line card cable-management bracket to a line card is presented in the following steps.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5

Attach an ESD-preventive strap to your wrist or ankle; and attach the ESD clip to the chassis or to a bare metal surface. Take the RP and line card cable-management bracket from the shipping carton. Orient the top of the line card cable-management bracket with the top of the RP or line card faceplate. See Figure 5-20. Align the two captive screws on the bracket with the threaded insert holes near the ejector levers on each side of the RP or line card faceplate. Finger tighten the two captive screws.

Caution

Do not overtighten the captive screws; you might strip the threads on the screw or in the insert in the line card faceplate. Use a 3/16-inch flatblade screwdriver to further tighten the two captive screws. Repeat Step 2 through Step 6 for any remaining RPs or line cards.

Step 6 Step 7

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-36

OL-11636-01

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Removing and Replacing an RP or Line Card

Connecting RP and Line Card Cables


When you replace an existing RP or line card in the RP and line card cage, you must re-attach the line card cable management bracket to the RP or line card faceplate and reconnect the network interface cables to the replacement RP or line card. If you have added a new RP or line card, you must connect the network interface cables to the RP or line card.

Note

If a line card slot in the card cage is not populated with a line card, a blank line card must be installed to avoid an over temperature condition and to ensure electromagnetic compliance (EMC). To reconnect network interface cables to a replacement RP or line card in the card cage follow these steps:

Step 1 Step 2

Attach an ESD-preventive strap to your wrist and to the chassis; or to a bare metal surface. Attach an appropriate number of velcro straps to support the interface cables, through the slots in the cable management bracket (Figure 5-20).

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

5-37

Chapter 5 Removing and Replacing an RP or Line Card

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Figure 5-20

Line Card or RP Cable Management Bracket with Velcro Strap

E R L TIV RIE EL AC CAR RX C 0

Line card cable management bracket


E R L TIV RIE EL AC CAR RX C 0 E R L TIV RIE EL AC CAR RX C 0 E R L TIV RIE EL AC CAR RX C

OC-12/

STM-4

POS

Network interface cables

E R L TIV RIE EL AC CAR RX C 0

E R L TIV RIE EL AC CAR RX C 0

E R L TIV RIE EL AC CAR RX C 0

Velcro strap
Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6

OC-12/

STM-4

POS

Pull the small end of the velcro strap through the slot in the cable management bracket. Insert the small end of the velcro strap into the slot in the wide end of the velcro strap. Pull the small end through the velcro strap slot to secure it to the cable management bracket. See Figure 5-20. Proceed from the left port on the RP or line card, to the right port, identify the network interface cable for the RP or line card port and insert the cable connector into the RP or line card port. Align each RP or line card interface cable with the cable management bracket to which it belongs. Adjust the interface cable in the cable management bracket to prevent any kinks or sharp bends in the interface cable.

Step 7 Step 8

Note

Allow adequate strain relief and avoid excessive bending of a network interface cables; these conditions can cause performance degradation.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-38

57803

E R L TIV RIE EL AC CAR RX C

OL-11636-01

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Removing and Replacing a Consolidated Switch Fabric Card

Step 9 Step 10 Step 11

Repeat steps 1 through 8 for the remainder of the interface cables for each line card. Secure the interface cables to the cable management bracket by wrapping the velcro around them. Do not wrap the velcro too tight. Press the velcro strap against itself to secure it. Figure 5-20 offers a generic cable management bracket and velcro strap assembly.

Removing and Replacing a Consolidated Switch Fabric Card


Removing and replacing a CSF card instructions are presented in this section. The CSF card occupies the bottom slot in the card cage (Figure 5-21).

Caution

The CSF card is not hot-swappable component of the Cisco 12404 router.
Figure 5-21 CSF Slot Location

3 2 1 0
Fabric Alarm
66252

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

5-39

Chapter 5 Removing and Replacing a Consolidated Switch Fabric Card

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Removing a Consolidated Switch Fabric Card


The CSF occupies the bottom slot in the cage. The CSF card is not hot swappable you cannot remove and replace a CSF card while the system remains powered up. To remove a CSF from the card cage follow these steps.
Step 1 Step 2

Attach an ESD-preventive strap to your wrist or ankle; and attach the ESD clip to the chassis or to a bare metal surface. Power down your router.

Use the Powering Off an AC Powered Router section on page 5-3 for AC powered routers. Use the Powering Off a DC Powered Router section on page 5-5 for DC powered routers.

Step 3

After you have powered off your router, re-attach an ESD-preventive strap to your wrist or ankle; attach the ESD clip to the chassis or to a bare metal surface and proceed to step 4. Loosen the two captive screws on each side of the CSF card. Grasp the card ejector levers and pivot them away from the CSF card faceplate (Figure 5-22).
Figure 5-22 Installing a CSF Card

Step 4 Step 5

CLEAN
WITH ALCOHOL WIPES BEFORE CONNECTING

CONNECTOR

CLASS 1 LASER LASERPROD PRODUCT UKT PRODUIT LASER DER KLASSE 1 DE CLASSE 1 PRODUCTO LASER DE CLASSE 1

0 1 2 3
T SL SL -1 OT -0 OT RE SE T

TX RX
ACTIVE CARRIER RX PKT

EJ

EC

AU

CO

NS

OL

CO

LL RX RJ -45

SR-SC

LIN

TX MI I

GIGABIT ROUTE PROCESSO R


CR ITI MA CA JO MI NO L R R

MBUS
ALARM

FAIL ENABLE

FABRIC

CONSOLI

DATED

SWITCH

FABRIC

Step 6

Slide the CSF half-way out of the slot, then stop.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-40

OL-11636-01

66293

40C48/POS-

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Removing and Replacing a Consolidated Switch Fabric Card

Step 7 Step 8 Step 9

Touching only the metal card carrier, use your free hand to support the bottom of the CSF. Slide the card out of the slot and place it directly into an antistatic bag or other ESD-preventive container. If you plan to return the defective CSF to the factory, repackage it in the shipping container you received with the replacement card.

Installing a Consolidated Switch Fabric Card


To replace or install a CSF in the line card and CSF cage, refer to Figure 5-22 and follow these steps:
Step 1 Step 2

Attach an ESD-preventive strap to your wrist and to the chassis; or to a bare metal surface. Power down your router.

Use the Powering Off an AC Powered Router section on page 5-3 for AC powered routers. Use the Powering Off a DC Powered Router section on page 5-5 for DC powered routers.

Step 3

After you have powered down your router re-attach an ESD-preventive strap to your wrist or ankle; attach the ESD clip to the chassis or to a bare metal surface and proceed to step 4. Remove the CSF card from its antistatic bag or ESD-preventive container. Touch only the metal card carrier

Step 4

Note

There are card slot alignment grooves on each side of the CSF cage. When you reinstall a card in an CSF slot, make sure you carefully align both edges of the card carrier in the corresponding card slot grooves.

Caution

Avoid touching the card circuitry or any connectors.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

5-41

Chapter 5 Removing and Replacing the Chassis

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Step 8

Set both edges of the CSF carrier into the card slot carrier alignment grooves on either side of the CSF cage. Pivot the ejector levers away from each other; rotate each ejector lever outward away from the faceplate. Use both thumbs to slide the card carrier into the CSC slot until the ejector levers make contact with the front of the card cage, then stop. Pivot the ejector levers toward the faceplace until the connector seats in the backplane.

Caution Step 9

CSF ejector levers may not fit flush against the CSF faceplate. Tighten the captive screws on each side of the CSF faceplate.

Removing and Replacing the Chassis


This section describes how to remove and replace a Cisco 12404 Internet router chassis. The router chassis is an integrated, sheet metal assembly that includes:

1 CSF card slot 1 Air filter housing 1 Fan tray assembly housing 1 Backplane with connectors 2 AC PEM bays 2 DC PEM and DC power distribution bays 4 Slot RP and line card cage

The chassis can be rack mounted or placed on a stable flat surface.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-42

OL-11636-01

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Removing and Replacing the Chassis

Before You Begin


Because you will remove all of the components (except the air filter) from the defective chassis and reinstall them in the replacement chassis, during the process of removing the defective chassis, the procedures that follow are based on these prerequisites:
1.

The replacement chassis has been removed from its shipping packaging and has been placed temporarily within reach of the rack in which the defective chassis is installed or near the surface where the defective chassis rests. The replacement chassis has been temporarily connected to the same grounding system as the defective chassis. You have prepared a place to set the defective chassis when it is removed from the equipment rack or stable flat surface. Components are transferred from the defective chassis to the replacement chassis. The replacement chassis and all the components now installed in it are inserted into the same equipment rack in place of the defective chassis. The replacement chassis and all the components now installed in it are placed on a stable flat surface in place of the defective chassis.

2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

This approach has the advantage of protecting against damage, the system components such as line cards, RPs and CSFs by eliminating the need to store them temporarily, outside their cages, bays and slots. By transferring components from one chassis to the other, it will help to ensure that the physical configuration of the Cisco 12404 router is maintained, because each transferred component is installed in the same location in the replacement chassis that it occupied in the defective chassis.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

5-43

Chapter 5 Removing and Replacing the Chassis

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Preparing the Replacement Chassis


Move the replacement chassis near the defective chassis site, temporarily connect the central office grounding system or interior equipment grounding system to the NEBS supplemental bonding and grounding receptacles on the replacement chassis. See Figure 5-24. For more information, see the bonding and grounding cable and connector requirements, described in the Supplemental Unit Bonding and Grounding Guidelines section on page 3-9.

Preparing the Defective Chassis


Information on how to prepare the defective chassis for component removal is presented here.

Disconnecting Power from the Router


You must first power down the Cisco 12404 router as instructed in the Powering Off an AC Powered Router section on page 5-3 or the Powering Off a DC Powered Router section on page 5-5 before performing the process of removing the components from the defective chassis to the replacement chassis. Although many of the components in this procedure are hot swappable, you must power down the router before you remove a DC PDU.

Warning

Power off your router.

Removing the CSF Card


To remove the CSF card from the fabric slot follow the instructions in the Removing the CSF Card section on page 5-44.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-44

OL-11636-01

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Transferring System Components

Disconnecting RP Cables
To remove the RP cables from the RP card follow the instructions in the Removing an RP or Line Card section on page 5-32. After you disconnect the cables and the RP cable-management bracket from each card, carefully pull the cables bundles out of the way until the cables can be reinstalled on the replacement chassis and reconnected to the RP.

Disconnecting Line Card Cables


Disconnect the line card network interface cables from each line card as instructed in the Removing an RP or Line Card section on page 5-32. After you disconnect the cables and the line card cable-management bracket from each card, carefully pull the cables bundles out of the way until the cables can be reinstalled on the replacement chassis and reconnected to the RP or line card.

Transferring System Components


Transferring components are presented in the following procedures.

Transferring the Fan Tray, page 5-45 Transferring the Power Entry Modules, page 5-46 Reinstalling the Power Entry Modules, page 5-46 Transferring RP and Line Cards, page 5-47 Transferring the Consolidated Switch Fabric Card, page 5-48

Transferring the Fan Tray


Remove and transfer the fan tray assembly from the chassis as instructed in the Removing and Replacing the Fan Tray Assembly section on page 5-28.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

5-45

Chapter 5 Transferring System Components

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Transferring the Power Entry Modules


If your system is equipped with AC PEMs, remove each PEM as instructed in the Removing and Replacing an AC Power Entry Module section on page 5-10. As you remove each PEM, move it away from the chassis and set it aside. You will reinstall the PEMs in the replacement chassis AC PEM bay. If your system is equipped with DC PDUs and DC PEMs, remove each PEM and PDU as instructed in the Removing and Replacing the Chassis section on page 5-42. As you remove each PEM and PDU, move them away from the chassis and set them aside. You will reinstall both units in the replacement chassis DC PEM and DC PDU bay.

Reinstalling the Power Entry Modules


If your replacement router is to be equipped with AC PEMs, reinstall the AC PEMs as instructed in the Removing and Replacing an AC Power Entry Module section on page 5-10. If your replacement router is to be equipped with DC PEMs and DC PDUs, reinstall the DC PEMs and DC_PDUs as instructed in the Removing and Replacing a DC Power Entry Module section on page 5-14 and Removing and Replacing a DC PDU section on page 5-19.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-46

OL-11636-01

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Transferring System Components

Transferring RP and Line Cards


You must remove the line cards and RPs from the RP and line card cage so that you can install them in the card cage in the replacement chassis.

Caution

One edge of the card carrier faceplate is lined with an EMI-preventive gasket consisting of many raised, conductive contacts. Be careful not to damage the gasket contacts, because a damaged card carrier gasket can result in reduced EMI performance.

Caution

You must remove any card slot blanks installed in the card cage and transfer them to the same card slots in the replacement chassis. Card slot blanks must be installed in slots without cards to maintain proper air flow and for EMI performance.

Note

RP and line card captive screws must be tightened on the replacement chassis to ensure electromagnetic compliance (EMC) Remove each line card in the card cage as instructed in the Removing and Replacing an RP or Line Card section on page 5-31. As you remove each line card, transfer it to the same card slot in the replacement chassis. You must install the line cards in the same slots in the replacement chassis to match the routers existing software configuration. Reinstall the line cards as instructed in the Installing a Route Processor or Line Card section on page 5-34.

Note

You must install the RP in the same slot in the replacement chassis to match the routers existing software configuration. After removing the RP, transfer it to the same card slot in the replacement chassis. Reinstall the RP as instructed in the Installing a Route Processor or Line Card section on page 5-34.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

5-47

Chapter 5 Removing the Chassis from the Equipment Rack

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Transferring the Consolidated Switch Fabric Card


The slot labeled FABRIC ALARM holds the CSF card. This is the bottom slot of the card cage. To transfer the CSF card from the defective chassis to the replacement chassis reinstall the CSF as instructed in the Installing a Consolidated Switch Fabric Card section on page 5-41.

Note

Switch Fabric captive screws must be tightened on the replacement chassis to ensure electromagnetic compliance (EMC) Remove each card from the CSF cage, as instructed in the Removing a Consolidated Switch Fabric Card section on page 5-40, and install it immediately in the same slot of the replacement chassis according to the instructions.

Removing the Chassis from the Equipment Rack


This section contains the following procedures.

Detaching the Supplemental Bonding and Grounding Connection, page 5-48 Removing the Chassis from the Equipment Rack, page 5-49 Removing the Chassis from Center-Mount Brackets, page 5-49

Detaching the Supplemental Bonding and Grounding Connection


You must detach the supplemental bonding and grounding cables from the defective chassis. See the Supplemental Unit Bonding and Grounding Guidelines section on page 3-9.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-48

OL-11636-01

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Removing the Chassis from the Equipment Rack

Removing the Chassis from the Equipment Rack


To remove the defective chassis from the equipment rack, follow these steps.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Ensure all cables are disconnected and moved out of the way. Loosen, but do not remove, the bolts that secure the chassis to the equipment rack. With one person positioned on each side of the chassis have a third person remove the bolts securing the chassis to the equipment rack. Use the guidelines in the Lifting Guidelines section on page 2-6 to lift the chassis out of the rack and set it aside.

Removing the Chassis from Center-Mount Brackets


Instructions for removing the equipment from a rack, where the chassis is installed using the center-mount bracket method, are presented here.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Ensure all cables are disconnected and moved out of the way. Loosen, but do not remove, the screws that attach the chassis to the center-mount brackets. Use the procedure in the Installing the Chassis in a Rack section on page 3-6. Use the guidelines in the Lifting Guidelines section on page 2-6 to lift the chassis out of the rack and set it aside (Figure 5-23).

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

5-49

Chapter 5 Installing the Replacement Chassis

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Figure 5-23

Center-Mount Brackets

CLEAN
WITH ALCOHOL WIPES BEFORE CONNECTING

CONNECTOR

CLASS 1 LASER LASERPRODUKT PRODUCT PRODUIT LASER DER KLASSE 1 DE CLASSE 1 PRODUCTO LASER DE CLASSE 1

0 1 2 3

TX RX
ACTIVE CARRIER

T EC EJ

-1 OT SL -0 OT SL

T SE RE

RX PKT

E OL NS CO
K LIN
CR

LL CO RX

-45 RJ

40C48/POS -SR-SC

TX I MI
IC MA MI AL JO NO R R

IT

GIGABIT
MBUS
ALARM

ROUTE

PROCESSO

FAIL ENABLE

FABRIC

CONSOLI

DATED

SWITCH

FABRIC

Installing the Replacement Chassis


Installing your replacement Cisco 12404 Internet router is presented in the following sections:

Installing the Chassis on a Tabletop or Flat Surface, page 5-51 Reattaching the Supplemental Bonding and Grounding Connection, page 5-51 Reconnecting Power to the Router, page 5-52 Reconnecting Line Card Network Interface Cables, page 5-52 Reconnecting the Route Processor Cables, page 5-52 Reconnecting the Fan Tray, page 5-52 Installing a DC Power Distribution Unit, page 5-53

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-50

OL-11636-01

66286

X AU

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installing the Replacement Chassis

Installing the Chassis on a Tabletop or Flat Surface


Install the replacement chassis according to the procedures in the Installing the Chassis in a Rack section on page 3-6.

Reattaching the Supplemental Bonding and Grounding Connection


Reattach the bonding and grounding cable lugs to the bonding and grounding receptacles (Figure 5-24) as described in the Supplemental Unit Bonding and Grounding Guidelines section on page 3-9.
Figure 5-24 Grounding the Cisco 12404 Chassis

CLEAN
WITH ALCOHOL WIPES BEFORE CONNECTING

CONNECTOR

CLASS 1 LASER LASERPRODUKT PRODUCT PRODUIT LASER DER KLASSE 1 DE CLASSE 1 PRODUCTO LASER DE CLASSE 1

0 1 2 3

TX RX
ACTIVE CARRIER

T EC EJ

-1 OT SL -0 OT SL

T SE RE

RX PKT

AU

CO

NS

OL

LL CO RX

-45 RJ

40C48/POS -SR-SC

K LIN
CR

TX I MI
IC MA MI AL JO NO R R

IT

GIGABIT ROUTE PROCESSO R


MBUS
ALARM FABRIC

FAIL ENABLE

CONSOLI

DATED

SWITCH

FABRIC

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

5-51

66245

Chapter 5 Installing the Replacement Chassis

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Reconnecting Power to the Router


Connect the AC power or DC power at the rear of the chassis as described in:

Removing and Replacing an AC Power Entry Module section on page 5-10 Removing and Replacing a DC Power Entry Module section on page 5-14 Removing and Replacing a DC PDU section on page 5-19

Warning

Do not turn on source power until instructed to do so.

Reconnecting Line Card Network Interface Cables


Reconnect line card network interface cables as instructed in the Reconnecting Line Card Network Interface Cables section on page 5-52.

Reconnecting the Route Processor Cables


Reconnect the cables to the RP as instructed in the Installing a Route Processor or Line Card section on page 5-34.

Reconnecting the Fan Tray


Reconnect the fan tray assembly as instructed in the procedure Removing and Replacing the Fan Tray Assembly section on page 5-28.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-52

OL-11636-01

Chapter 5

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router Restarting the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Installing a DC Power Distribution Unit


Use the instructions in the Removing and Replacing a DC PDU section on page 5-19 to reinstall the DC PDU into the replacement chassis.

Warning

Power to your router must be off and all cables disconnected.

Caution

The DC PDU is not a FRU.

Restarting the Cisco 12404 Internet Router


Turn on power to your router. To restart the router and verify that it has restarted successfully after replacing the chassis follow the instruction in the Powering On the Router section on page 3-31.

Upgrading the RP and Line Card Memory


Upgrading the RP and line card memory is presented in the Cisco 12000 Series Internet Router Memory Replacement Instructions, Part Number: 78-4338-xx, which is available online and on the Cisco CD-ROM This document contains the latest information about memory requirements and replacing memory on the Cisco 12000 Internet router and line cards. Use that document before replacing or adding memory to your RP or line card. You can find Cisco 12000 series router memory replacement instructions at Cisco.com.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

5-53

Chapter 5 Upgrading the RP and Line Card Memory

Maintaining the Cisco 12404 Internet Router

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

5-54

OL-11636-01

A P P E N D I X

Technical Specifications
Overview
Appendix A provides the technical specifications for the Cisco 12404 Internet router, and procedures for repackaging the router.

Product Architecture, page A-2 Fan Tray Assembly, page A-25 Air Filter, page A-27 Chassis Cable-Management System, page A-28 Maintenance Bus, page A-28 Temperature, humidity, and altitude ranges Operating and storing the product Memory requirements Physical characteristics Dimensions and weight Power supply characteristics Output capacity Power dissipation Heat dissipation

This appendix includes the following environmental specifications.


Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

A-1

Appendix A Product Architecture

Technical Specifications

Voltage frequency Listing agency approvals

Product Architecture
Table A-1 lists system level requirements for the Cisco 12404 Internet router.
Table A-1 Cisco 12404 Internet Router Product Architecture

Feature Slot Capacity

Description 4 slots 3 OC192 capable I/O slots 1 RP slot that is 10G capable 1 CSF/alarm card One card cage with five slots, three OC192 pitch slots, one RP slot and one CSF slot Not to exceed 8.75 inches; supports 8 systems per 7 ft. rack 19 inch rack mountable 27.85 in. (70.74 cm) maximum 10 Gbps full-duplex switching capacity per slot. This includes the RP slots. Each slot capable of supporting all current and future Engine 0, Engine 1, Engine 2, Engine 3 and Engine 4 based line cards. Specific interfaces include OC192c, QOC48c, 10GE, 10x1GE, etc, 3xGE, 1xGE, 8xFE and other 10GiG cards. The switching capacity is required to handle all four 10GiG capable slots (including RP), thus the total switching capacity will be 80 Gbps full-duplex

Chassis Height Width Depth Switching Capacity

Cooling

Side-to-side cooling

Power Supplies 110V AC 220V AC DC (optional)

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

A-2

OL-11636-01

Appendix A

Technical Specifications Product Architecture

Table A-1

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Product Architecture (continued)

Feature Power Requirements

Description 110V AC power, sufficient to handle three OC192c /10GE capable line cards and one 10G capable RP. Total power supplied to the system should not exceed 1200VA Two AC or DC power supplies in redundant configuration should be able to support the entire power needs of the chassis.

Power Supply Redundancy

Redundant and load sharing AC power entry module (PEMs), or Redundant and load sharing DC PEMs and DC power distribution units (PDUs) Supports up to 2 RPs per system The second RP can be used in any slot1 The first RP is inserted in slot 0 (1.25 inch height) see Figure A-4 Supports online insertion and removal, hot swappable RP redundancy The switch fabric supports up to 80 Gbps of capacity The Cisco 12404 Inernet Router is designed to comply with NEBS Level 3 certification

Route Processors

Route Processor Redundancy Switch Fabric NEBS

1. A narrow card filler panel must be used to ensure proper air flow through the chassis and electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

Specifications
Table A-2 lists Cisco 12404 Internet router physical specifications. Table A-3 lists the environmental specifications.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

A-3

Appendix A Product Architecture

Technical Specifications

Table A-2

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Physical Specifications

Description Frame height Frame width Frame depth Weight Maximum configuration Minimum configuration

Value 8.75 inches (22.2 cm) 19 inches (48.3 cm) 26 inches (66.0 cm) 103 pounds (46.7 kg) 73 pounds (33.1 kg) (without line cards)

Table A-3

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Environmental Requirements

Environmental Requirements Temperature

Ranges 32 to 104F (0 to 40 C) operating -4 to 149F (-20 to 65 C) non-operating -5 to 133F (-23 to 55 C) Max operating for 96 hrs. only 10 to 90% non-condensing operating 5 to 95% non-condensing non-operating 0 to 10,000 ft. (0 to 3,050 m) operating 0 to 30,000 ft. (0 to 9,144 m) non-operating 3,343 Btu/hr. maximum Facing the router, right side-to-side cooling 5 to 500 Hz, 0.5g (0.1 oct/min1) operating 5 to 100Hz, 1g (0.1 oct/min) non-operating 100 to 500Hz, 15g (0.2 oct/min) 500 to 1,000Hz, 1.5g (0.2 oct/min)

Humidity Altitude Heat dissipation Cooling Shock

1. oct/min = Octave per minute

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

A-4

OL-11636-01

Appendix A

Technical Specifications Product Architecture

Warning

Exhaust from other equipment vented directly into the Cisco 12404 Internet router air inlet may cause an over-heat condition. Install the router so that it is protected from a direct flow of hot air from other equipment.

AC-Powered Routers
At sites where the Cisco 12404 router operates with AC PEMs, observe the following guidelines.

A power factor corrector (PFC) allows the PEM to accept AC power source voltage from an AC power source operating between 100120 VAC, 15Amp service in North America; and a range of 185264 VAC, 10Amp service, in an international environment. All AC PEM power cords measure 14 feet (4.3 meters). Provide a dedicated power source for each PEM installed in the router. Install an uninterruptable power source where possible.

AC Power Plugs
Different styles of AC input power cords are shown in Figure A-1.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

A-5

Appendix A Product Architecture

Technical Specifications

Figure A-1

AC Power Plugs

North American plug L6-20 20A (for 240V units)

Australian plug AS 3112 10A

European plug CEE 7/7 16A

North American plug 5-15 15A

Italian plug CEI 23-16/VII 10A

United Kingdom plug BS 1363 13A

Route Processor
Each Cisco 12404 Internet router has one main system (or route) processor. The route processor (RP) processes the network routing protocols and distributes updates to the Cisco Express Forwarding (CEF) tables on the line cards. The RP also performs general maintenance functions, such as diagnostics, console support, and line card monitoring. Two types of RPs are available for the Cisco 12404 Internet router:

Gigabit Route Processor (GRP) Performance Route Processor (PRP)

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

A-6

66969

OL-11636-01

Appendix A

Technical Specifications Product Architecture

Gigabit Route Processor


This section provides an overview of the GRP (Figure A-2) and its use as the main system processor for the Cisco 12404 Internet router. This section provides information on the following GRP functionality.
Figure A-2

GRP memory System status LEDs Soft reset switch PCMCIA slots Asynchronous serial ports

Gigabit Route Processor


LL T EC S OT LOT -0 -1 CO RX T EJ SE RJ -4 5

GIGABIT ROUTE PROCESSOR

The following are primary functions of the GRP.


Loading the Cisco IOS software to all of the installed line cards at power on Providing a console (terminal) port for router configuration Providing an auxiliary port for other external equipment (such as modems) Providing an IEEE 802.3, 10/100-megabit-per-second (Mbps) Ethernet port for Telnet functionality Running routing protocols Building and distributing routing tables to the line cards Providing general system maintenance functions for the router

The GRP communicates with the line cards either through the CSF or through the maintenance bus (MBus). The CSF connection is the main data path for routing table distribution as well as for packets that are sent between the line cards and the GRP.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

57074

SL

AU X

RE

CO NS OL E

TX

LIN

MII

A-7

Appendix A Product Architecture

Technical Specifications

The MBus connection allows the GRP to download a system bootstrap image, collect or load diagnostic information, and perform general, internal system maintenance operations. The GRP plugs into any slot in the card cage in the Cisco 12404 Internet router. The router is shipped with 20MB of Flash memory as the default configuration.

GRP Memory
Memory components of the GRP are listed in Table A-4.
Table A-4 GRP Memory Components

Type DRAM DIMM SRAM NVRAM

Size
1

Quantity

Description 64- or 128-MB DIMMs (based on DRAM required) for main Cisco IOS software functions. 3.3-volt, 60 nanosecond device SRAM for secondary CPU cache memory functions. Nonvolatile random-access memory (NVRAM) for the system configuration file.

64 to 256 MB 1 or 2

512 KB (fixed)2 512 KB (fixed)3 1 Up to 2

Flash Memory 8 MB (SIMM)4 Flash Memory 20 MB5 (card) Flash boot ROM 512 KB

Contains Cisco IOS software images and other user-defined files on the GRP. Contains Cisco IOS software images and other user-defined files on up to two PCMCIA-based Flash memory cards. Flash EPROM for the ROM monitor program boot image.

1. 64 MB of DRAM is the default DRAM configuration for the GRP. 2. SRAM is not able to be upgraded or configured. 3. NVRAM is not able to be upgraded or configured. 4. SIMM socket is wired for a Cisco design and does not accept industry-standard 80-pin Flash SIMMs. 5. 20-MB Flash memory card is the default shipping configuration for the Cisco 12404 Internet router.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

A-8

OL-11636-01

Appendix A

Technical Specifications Product Architecture

The Cisco IOS software images that run the Cisco 12404 router reside in Flash memory, which is located on the GRP in the form of a single in-line memory module (SIMM), and on up to two (PCMCIA) cards (called Flash memory cards) that insert in the two PCMCIA slots on the front of the GRP. Storing the Cisco IOS images in Flash memory enables you to download and boot from upgraded Cisco IOS images remotely or from software images resident in GRP Flash memory. The Cisco 12404 router supports system software downloads for most Cisco IOS software upgrades, which enables you to remotely download, store, and boot from a new Cisco IOS image. See Figure A-2.

DRAM
The EDO DRAM on the GRP stores routing tables, protocols, and network accounting applications; it also runs the Cisco IOS software. The default GRP DRAM configuration is 64 megabytes of EDO DRAM, which you can increase up to 256 MB through DRAM upgrades. The Cisco IOS software runs from within GRP DRAM. Table A-5 lists the DRAM configurations and upgrades.

Caution

To prevent memory problems, DRAM DIMMs must be 3.3-volt, 60-nanosecond devices. Do not attempt to install other devices in the DIMM sockets.
Table A-5 DRAM Configurations

Total DRAM 64 MB
1

Product Numbers MEM-GRP/LC-64(=) MEM-GRP/LC-64(=) MEM-GRP/LC-128(=) MEM-GRP/LC-256(=)

DRAM Sockets U39 (bank 1)

Number of DIMMs One (1) 64-MB DIMM

128 MB 128 MB 256 MB

U39 (bank 1) and Two (2) 64-MB U42 (bank 2) DIMMs U39 (bank 1) One (1) 128-MB DIMM

U39 (bank 1) and Two (2) 128-MB U42 (bank 2) DIMMs

1. 64 MB of DRAM is the default DRAM configuration for the GRP.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

A-9

Appendix A Product Architecture

Technical Specifications

SRAM
The SRAM provides secondary CPU cache memory. The standard GRP configuration is 512 KB. The principle function of SRAM is to act as a staging area for routing table update information to and from the line cards. SRAM is not able to be upgraded or configured.

NVRAM
The system configuration, software configuration register settings, and environmental monitoring logs are contained in the 512-KB NVRAM, which is backed up with built-in lithium batteries that retain the contents for a minimum of 5 years. NVRAM is not able to be upgraded or configured

Caution

Before you replace the GRP in the system, back up the running configuration to a Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) file server or an installed Flash memory card so you can retrieve it later. If the configuration is not saved, the entire configuration is lost inside the NVRAM on the removed GRP and you must re-enter the entire configuration manually. This procedure is not necessary if you are temporarily removing a GRP; lithium batteries retain the configuration in memory until you replace the GRP in the router.

Flash Memory
Both the onboard and PCMCIA card-based Flash memory allow you to remotely load and store multiple Cisco IOS software and microcode images. You can download a new image over the network or from a local server and then add the new image to Flash memory or replace the existing files. You can then boot the routers either manually or automatically from any of the stored images. Flash memory also functions as a TFTP server to allow other servers to boot remotely from stored images or to copy them into their own Flash memory.

PCMCIA Slots
The GRP has two PCMCIA slots. Either slot can support a Flash memory card or an input/output (I/O) device as long as the device requires only +5 VDC.
Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

A-10

OL-11636-01

Appendix A

Technical Specifications Product Architecture

LED Types
Table A-6 describes the types of system status light emitting diodes (LED) used on the GRP.
Table A-6 System Status LED Types, Description, and Power Source

LEDs 2 PCMCIA 4 RJ-45

Description and Power Source Activity LEDs (one per PCMCIA slot) light when the slot is accessed. The LEDs receive power from the switched slot voltage. Ethernet port LEDs are used in conjunction with the RJ-45 Ethernet connector. The LEDs indicate link activity, collision detection, data transmission, and data reception. When the MII Ethernet port is in use, the LEDs are disabled. Ethernet port select LEDs when on, identify which one of the two Ethernet connections you selected. When the RJ-45 port is selected, its LED is on and the MII LED is off. When the MII port is selected, its LED is on and the RJ-45 LED is off. These alphanumeric LED displays are controlled directly by the MBus and provide information about the system status during the boot process. Alphanumeric displays are organized as two rows of four characters each. The displays content is controlled by the MBus module software. Both rows of the display are powered by the MBus module. After the boot process, the LEDs are controlled by Cisco IOS software through the MBus, and display messages designated by Cisco IOS software.

2 RJ-45 or MII

Alphanumeric displays

Asynchronous Serial Ports


Two asynchronous serial ports on the GRP, the console and auxiliary ports, allow you to connect external devices to monitor and manage the system. The consoleport is an Electronics Industries Association/Telecommunications Industry Association (EIA/TIA)-232 receptacle (RS-232 female) that provides a data circuit-terminating equipment (DCE) interface for connecting a console terminal.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

A-11

Appendix A Product Architecture

Technical Specifications

Note

EIA/TIA-232 was known as recommended standard RS-232 before its acceptance as a standard by the EIA/TIA. The auxiliary port is an EIA/TIA-232 plug (male) that provides a data terminal equipment interface. The auxiliary port supports flow control and can be used to connect a modem, a channel service unit (CSU), or other optional equipment for Telnet management.

Ethernet Port
The GRP has one Ethernet port available, using one of the following two connection types:

RJ-45 receptacleAn 8-pin media dependent interface (MDI) RJ-45 receptacle for either IEEE 802.3 10BASE T (10 Mbps) or IEEE 802.3u 100BASE TX (100 Mbps) Ethernet connections. MII receptacleA 40-pin media independent interface (MII) receptacle that provides additional flexibility in Ethernet connections. The pinout of this standard 40-pin receptacle is defined by the IEEE 802.3u standard.

Note

The RJ-45 and MII receptacles on the GRP represent two physical connection options for one Ethernet interface; therefore, you can use either the MDI RJ-45 connection or the MII connection, but not both at the same time.

Performance Route Processor


This section provides an overview of the PRP (Figure A-3) and its use as the main system processor for the Cisco 12404 router. This section provides information on the following PRP functionality.

PRP memory System status LEDs Soft reset switch PCMCIA slots

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

A-12

OL-11636-01

Appendix A

Technical Specifications Product Architecture

Figure A-3

Asynchronous serial ports

Performance Route Processor


ETH 0
EJ EC T
S OT LOT -0 -1 RX

ETH 1
RX

AUX

CONSOLE

PRIMARY

PRIMARY

PERFORMANCE ROUTE PROCESSOR 1 (PRP-1)

The following are primary functions of the PRP.


Loading the Cisco IOS software to all of the installed line cards at power on Providing a console (terminal) port for router configuration Providing an auxiliary port for other external equipment (such as modems) Providing an IEEE 802.3, 10/100-megabit-per-second (Mbps) Ethernet port for Telnet functionality Running routing protocols Building and distributing routing tables to the line cards Providing general system maintenance functions for the Cisco 12404 router.

The PRP communicates with the line cards either through the CSF or through the maintenance bus (MBus). The CSF connection is the main data path for routing table distribution as well as for packets that are sent between the line cards and the PRP. The MBus connection allows the PRP to download a system bootstrap image, collect or load diagnostic information, and perform general, internal system maintenance operations. The PRP plugs into any slot in the card cage in the Cisco 12404 router. The router is shipped with 20MB of Flash memory as the default configuration.

PRP Memory
Memory components of the PRP are listed in Table A-7.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

A-13

75041

TX

EN

EN

TX

SL

T SE RE

LIN

LIN

Appendix A Product Architecture

Technical Specifications

Table A-7

PRP Memory Components

Type SDRAM SRAM2 NVRAM


3 1

Size

Quantity

Description 512-MB or 1-GB DIMMs (based on SDRAM required) for main Cisco IOS software functions. Secondary CPU cache memory functions. Nonvolatile random-access memory (NVRAM) for the system configuration file. Contains Cisco IOS software images and other user-defined files on the PRP. Contains Cisco IOS software images and other user-defined files on up to two PCMCIA-based Flash memory cards. Flash EPROM for the ROM monitor program boot image.

512 MB, 1 GB, 1 or 2 or 2 GB 2 MB (fixed) 2 MB (fixed) 1

Flash Memory 64 MB SIMM4 1 Flash Memory 20 MB5 (card) Flash boot ROM 512 KB Up to 2

1. Default SDROM configuration is 512 MB. Bank 1 (U15) must be populated first. You can use one or both banks to configure SDRAM combinations of 512 MB, 1 GB, or 2 GV. 1.5-GB configurations are not supported. 2. SRAM is not user configurable or field replaceable. 3. NVRAM is not user configurable or field replaceable. 4. Flash memory SIMM is not user configurable or field replaceable. 5. ATA Flash disks, and Type I and Type II linear Flash memory cards are supported.

The Cisco IOS software images that run the Cisco 12404 router reside in Flash memory, which is located on the PRP in the form of a single in-line memory module (SIMM), and on up to two (PCMCIA) cards (called Flash memory cards) that insert in the two PCMCIA slots on the front of the PRP. Storing the Cisco IOS images in Flash memory enables you to download and boot from upgraded Cisco IOS images remotely or from software images resident in PRP Flash memory. The Cisco 12404 router supports system software downloads for most Cisco IOS software upgrades, which enables you to remotely download, store, and boot from a new Cisco IOS image. See Figure A-3.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

A-14

OL-11636-01

Appendix A

Technical Specifications Product Architecture

SDRAM
SDRAMThe SDRAM on the PRP stores routing tables, protocols, and network accounting applications; it also runs the Cisco IOS software. The default PRP configuration includes 512 MB of error checking and correction (ECC) SDRAM. DIMM upgrades of 512 MB and 1 GB are available. You cannot mix memory sizes. If two DIMMS are installed, they must be the same memory size. Supported memory configurations are listed in Table A-8.

Caution

Cisco strongly recommends that you use only Cisco-approved memory. To prevent memory problems, SDRAM DIMMs must be +3.3VDC, PC133-compliant devices. Do not attempt to install other devices in the DIMM sockets.
Table A-8 Supported PRP Route Memory Configurations

Total Route Memory 512 MB 1 GB 1 GB 1.5 GB 2 GB


3 1

Cisco Product Number MEM-PRP-512=2 MEM-PRP-1G= NA

DIMM Modules 1 512-MB DIMM 2 512-MB DIMMs 1 1-GB DIMM 2 1-GB DIMMs

1. One 512-MB DIMM is the default shipping configuration. 2. Upgrades PRP to 1 GB by adding a second 512-MB DIMM. 3. This memory size is not supported.

SRAM
The SRAM provides secondary CPU cache memory. The standard PRP configuration is 2 MB. The principle function of SRAM is to act as a staging area for routing table update information to and from the line cards. SRAM is not able to be upgraded or configured.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

A-15

Appendix A Product Architecture

Technical Specifications

NVRAM
The system configuration, software configuration register settings, and environmental monitoring logs are contained in the 2 MB NVRAM, which is backed up with built-in lithium batteries that retain the contents for a minimum of five years. NVRAM is not able to be upgraded or configured

Caution

Before you replace the PRP in the system, back up the running configuration to a Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) file server or an installed Flash memory card so you can retrieve it later. If the configuration is not saved, the entire configuration will be lost inside the NVRAM on the removed PRP and you will have to reenter the entire configuration manually. This procedure is not necessary if you are temporarily removing a PRP; lithium batteries retain the configuration in memory until you replace the PRP in the router.

Flash Memory
Both the onboard and PCMCIA card-based Flash memory allow you to remotely load and store multiple Cisco IOS software and microcode images. You can download a new image over the network or from a local server and then add the new image to Flash memory or replace the existing files. You can then boot the routers either manually or automatically from any of the stored images. Flash memory also functions as a TFTP server to allow other servers to boot remotely from stored images or to copy them into their own Flash memory.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

A-16

OL-11636-01

Appendix A

Technical Specifications Product Architecture

Table A-9 lists the supported Flash disk sizes and their Cisco product numbers.
Table A-9 Supported Flash Disk Sizes and Product Numbers

Flash Disk Size1 64 MB2 128 MB 1 GB

Product Number MEM-12KRP-FD64= MEM-12KRP-FD128= MEM-12KRP-FD1G=

1. Standard Type 1 and Type 2 linear Flash memory cards also are supported, although they may not have the capacity to meet the requirements of your configuration. 2. 64-MB ATA Flash disk is the default shipping configuration.

PCMCIA Slots
The PRP has two PCMCIA slots. Either slot can support a Flash memory card or an input/output (I/O) device as long as the device requires only +5 VDC.System Status LEDs

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

A-17

Appendix A Product Architecture

Technical Specifications

LED Types
Table A-10 lists system status light emitting diodes (LED) used on the PRP.
Table A-10 System Status LED Types, Description, and Power Source

LEDs 2 PCMCIA 4 RJ-45

Description and Power Source Activity LEDs (one per PCMCIA slot) light when the slot is accessed. The LEDs receive power from the switched slot voltage. Ethernet port LEDs are used in conjunction with the RJ-45 Ethernet connector. The LEDs indicate link activity, port enabled, data transmission, and data reception. The Ethernet connection LEDs (labeled Primary), when on, identify which of the two Ethernet connections is selected. Because both ports are supported on the PRP, the LED on port ETH0 is always on. The ETH1 LED goes on when it is selected. The alphanumeric LED displays are controlled directly by the MBus and provide information about the system status during the boot process. Alphanumeric displays are organized as two rows of four characters each. The displays content is controlled by the MBus module software. Both rows of the display are powered by the MBus module. After the boot process, the LEDs are controlled by the Cisco IOS software through the MBus, and display messages designated by the Cisco IOS software.

2 Ethernet connection

Alphanumeric displays

Asynchronous Serial Ports


The PRP has two asynchronous serial ports, the console and auxiliary ports. These allow you to connect external serial devices to monitor and manage the system. Both ports use RJ-45 receptacles. The console port provides a data circuit-terminating equipment (DCE) interface for connecting a console terminal. The auxiliary port provides a data terminal equipment (DTE) interface and supports flow control. It is often used to connect a modem, a channel service unit (CSU), or other optional equipment for Telnet management.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

A-18

OL-11636-01

Appendix A

Technical Specifications Product Architecture

Ethernet Port
The PRP includes two Ethernet ports, both using an 8-pin RJ-45 receptacle for either IEEE 802.3 10BASE-T (10 Mbps) or IEEE 802.3u 100BASE-TX (100 Mbps) connections.

Note

The transmission speed of the Ethernet ports is auto-sensing by default and is user configurable.

Line Cards
The Cisco 12404 router is shipped with up to 3 installed line cards that provide a variety of network media types (based on the order). The line cards can be installed in slots 0 through 3 in the line card cage and interface to each other and to the RP through the CSF (Figure A-4). Horizontal cable-management brackets attach to each line card to manage and organize the network interface cables.

Note

Slot 0 (zero) is one slot above the slot labeled Fabric Alarm.
Figure A-4 RP and Line Card Slot Numbers and CSF Location

3 2 1 0
Fabric Alarm
66252

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

A-19

Appendix A Product Architecture

Technical Specifications

Line cards installed in the Cisco 12404 router support online insertion and removal, which means you can remove and replace (hot-swappable) a line card while the router remains powered on.

Caution

To ensure adequate airflow through the card cage, empty card slots must have a card blank installed.

Consolidated Switch Fabric Status


An OK/Fail pair of LEDs are provided to indicate the status of the Alarm MBus and Fabric MBus. The green light indicates that the MBus module is operating properly. The Fail light indicates that the MBus has detected some error, in itself, or with the MBus power supply.

Power Entry Module Monitoring


The CSF and alarm card provides monitoring of the PEM. Table A-11 provides alarm definitions.
Table A-11 CSF and Alarm Monitoring Status Definitions

Status Power Fail Power Fault Missing Module Voltage Monitor

Definition Power is not being provided to the power supply A fault exists in the power supply One of the PEMs is not present A voltage monitor signal in the range of 0 to 4.096 V is provided to the MBus controller to measure the power supply output voltage level A current monitor signal in the range of 0 to 4.096 V is provided to the MBus controller to measure the power supply output current level.

Current Monitor

P8 Alarm Relay Contact Connector


This connector is a standard DB-9 connector. The relay interface is rated at max 2A, 60V or 50VA, whichever is greater.
Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

A-20

OL-11636-01

Appendix A

Technical Specifications Product Architecture

MBus Module Port Pin Assignments


Twenty general purpose pins and four analog input pins on the MBus module are used for this design.

CSF Functionality
The CSF circuity provides synchronized speed interconnections for the line cards and the RP (Figure A-5). The CSF circuitry consists of clock and scheduler, and switch fabric functionality; is contained on one card, housed in the bottom slot in the chassis. The CSF card has a switching capacity of 40 Gbps.
Figure A-5 CSF Card Slot

CLEAN
WITH ALCOHOL WIPES BEFORE CONNECTING

CONNECTOR

CLASS 1 LASER LASERPROD PRODUCT UKT PRODUIT LASER DER KLASSE 1 DE CLASSE 1 PRODUCTO LASER DE CLASSE 1

0 1 2 3
T SL SL -1 OT -0 OT RE SE T

TX RX
ACTIVE CARRIER RX PKT

EJ

EC

AU

CO

NS

OL

CO

LL RX RJ -45

LIN

TX MI I

GIGABIT ROUTE PROCESSO R


CR ITI MA CA JO MI NO L R R

MBUS
ALARM

FAIL ENABLE

FABRIC

CONSOLI

DATED

SWITCH

FABRIC

Clock and Scheduler Functionality


The CSF card generates and distributes system-wide clock and cell time synchronization signaling. System clock generation is delivered to the system via the backplane and local clock functions are derived from the system clock.

System Clock
The system clock synchronizes data transfers between line cards or between the RP and a line card through the CSF. The system clock signal is sent to all line cards and the RP.
Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

A-21

66293

40C48/POSSR-SC

Appendix A Product Architecture

Technical Specifications

Scheduler
The scheduler handles requests from the line cards for access to the CSF. When the scheduler receives a request from a line card for CSF access, the scheduler determines when to allow the line card access to the CSF.

Switch Fabric
Switch fabric circuitry carries the user traffic between line cards or between the RP and the line cards.

Power Entry Modules


The Cisco 12404 router chassis supports two 1100 W online insertion and removal hot swappable PEMs. Each unit is capable of delivering up to 1100 W at 54.5 VDC. The router PEMs are hot swappable and the router must be populated with two PEMs to meet EMI standards.

Caution

Do not mix PEM types in the router. In multiple PEM system configurations, all PEMs must be of the same type; either all AC PEMs for AC powered routers, or all DC PDUs and DC PEMS for DC powered routers. A hardwired DC power source, power cable is required from the site DC power source to the DC PDU on the chassis. The DC power cable leads are 4 American Wiring Gauge (AWG) high strand count wire. For detailed handling and replacement instructions for the Cisco 12404 router PEMs, see the appropriate configuration note which accompanies each AC PEM, DC PEM, or DC PDU that is shipped from the factory as a FRU.

AC Power Entry Module


The AC PEM (Figure A-6) measures 6.60 inches (16.76 cm) deep by 14.30 inches (36.32 cm) wide by 3.50 inches (8.89 cm) high and weighs 11.0 lbs (5.0 kg). The router is configured to customer specifications from the factory. If 1 AC PEM is requested, 2 AC PEMs are shipped.

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

A-22

OL-11636-01

Appendix A

Technical Specifications Product Architecture

Connect each AC PEM to a separate AC power source. A power factor corrector (PFC) allows the PEM to accept AC power source voltage from an AC power source nominally operating between 100 to 120 VAC, 15-Amp service in North America; and a range of 185 to 264 VAC, 10-Amp service, in an international environment.
Figure A-6 AC PEM

INPUT OK

OUTPUT OUT OK

PUT FAIL

INPUT 100-240 V 12A 50/80HZ

1 2 3

AC PEM handle On/Off switch Bail Latch

4 5 6

Power cord receptacle LEDs Captive screws

A 14 ft. (4.3 m) AC power cord is supplied to connect the AC PEM to the power source.

Note

Install an uninterruptable power source (UPS) as a safeguard against power loss.

DC Power Entry Module


The DC PEM and DC PDU is a 2-part unit, which measures 6.60 inches (16.76 cm) deep by 14.30 inches (36.32 cm) wide by 3.50 inches (8.89 cm) high and weighs 14.0 lbs (6.35 kg). Refer to Figure A-7.
Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

A-23

66289

Appendix A Product Architecture

Technical Specifications

A PFC allows the PEM to accept DC power source voltage from an AC power source operating between 100 to 120 VAC, 15-Amp service in North America; and a range of 185 to 264 VAC, 10-Amp service in an international environment.

Note

Attach each DC PDU be connected to an independent power source for full redundancy. Use an uninterruptable power source (UPS) to protect against power failures at your site.
Figure A-7 DC Power PEM and PDU Assembly

INP UT 48/ 60V 35A

INPUT OK

OUTPUT OK

7 3 6

5 4

1 2 3 4

DC PDU DC PEM PEM captive screws LEDs

5 6 7

On/Off switch PDU captive screws Terminal block

Each DC PDU should be connected to separate DC sources using six threaded terminals. Two terminals for negative (source DC), two terminals for positive (source DC return), and two terminals for ground. The DC power cable leads should be 4 American Wiring Gauge (AWG) high strand count wire. The PEM accepts DC power source voltage from a dedicated 45Amp service DC power source operating between -48 to -60 VDC nominal input voltage and -40 to -72 VDC steady-state input voltage.
Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

A-24

OL-11636-01

66295

OUTPUT FAIL

Appendix A

Technical Specifications Fan Tray Assembly

Caution

The DC PEM and DC PDU assembly weighs 14.0 pounds (6.35 kg.). Use two hands when handling the power supply.

Warning

Power to your router must be Off and all cables disconnected before you connect the DC PDU. The DC PDU is not a hot-swappable, field replaceable unit.

Fan Tray Assembly


The Cisco 12404 router has one fan tray (Figure A-8). Facing the rear of the chassis the fan tray assembly is located on the right side of the chassis. The fan tray assembly maintains acceptable operating temperatures for the internal components by drawing cooling air through the card cages from side to side. The fan tray assembly is a sheet metal enclosure containing seven fans and two fan controller cards.
Figure A-8 Fan Tray Assembly

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

A-25

66250

Appendix A Fan Tray Assembly

Technical Specifications

Warning

Allow sufficient air flow by maintaining 6 inches (15.24 cm) of clearance at both the inlet and exhaust openings on the chassis because exhaust from other equipment vented directly into the router air inlet may cause an over-heat condition.

The fans draws room air in through an air filter on the opposite side of the chassis. See Figure A-9. The fans draw air through the card cage and out through exhaust vents on the opposite side of the chassis. The front, back and sides of the Cisco 12404 router must remain unobstructed to ensure adequate air flow and prevent overheating inside the RP and line card cage. We recommend at least 6 inches (15.2 centimeters) of clearance on all sides.
Figure A-9 Internal Air FlowTop View

Top view

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

A-26

OL-11636-01

66281

Appendix A

Technical Specifications Air Filter

If the air temperature inside the RP and line card cage rises the system environmental monitor shuts down all internal power to prevent equipment damage from excessive heat. If the system detects that one of the fans within the fan tray assembly has failed, it displays a warning message on the console screen. If multiple fans fail, the system will shut down to prevent equipment damage. A handle on the fan tray assembly provides a grip point for removing and replacing the fan tray.

Air Filter
The Cisco 12404 router is equipped with one serviceable air filter. As you face the rear of the chassis, the air filter is housed on the left side of the chassis in a narrow vertical slot. Do not run the Cisco 12404 router without the air filter installed. You should inspect and clean the air filter once a month (more often in dusty environments). Procedures for vacuuming and replacing the air filter are contained in the section Cleaning and Replacing the Air Filter, page 5-25 in Chapter 5. A copy of the air filter replacement instructions is shipped with the air filter when ordered as an FRU, Cisco 12404 Internet Router Air Filter Replacement Instructions, document Part No. 78-13621-01. Figure A-10 shows the location of the air filter.
Figure A-10 Cisco 12404 Internet Router Air Filter Location

INPUT OK

OUTPUT OUTPUT OK FAIL

INPUT 100-240 V 12A 50/80HZ

INPUT OK

OUTPUT OUTPUT OK FAIL

INPUT 100-240 V 12A 50/80HZ

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

A-27

66278

Appendix A Chassis Cable-Management System

Technical Specifications

Chassis Cable-Management System


The Cisco 12404 Internet router chassis cable-management system organizes the interface cables entering and exiting the system, keeping them free of sharp bends (excessive bending in an interface cable can cause performance degradation) and out of the way. See Figure A-11.
Figure A-11 Chassis Cable Management System

Maintenance Bus
The Cisco 12404 Internet router maintenance bus and MBus modules manage all of the maintenance functions of the system. The MBus consists of two separate busses (providing MBus redundancy) that link all of the line cards, the RP, the CSF , the power supplies, and the fan tray. Each component contains an MBus module that allows the component to communicate over the MBus. The MBus module on each component is powered by +5 VDC

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

A-28

66277

OL-11636-01

Appendix A

Technical Specifications Maintenance Bus

directly from the power supply and performs the functions of power-up/down control, device discovery, code download, diagnostics, and environmental monitoring and alarms.

Power-On/Off Control
Based on commands it receives from its on-board EPROM and from the master RP, each MBus module directly controls the DC-DC converters on the component to which it is mounted. Each MBus module is tied directly to +5 VDC from the power supply. When power is applied to the Cisco 12404 Internet router, all MBus modules immediately power on. The MBus modules on the RP or CSF immediately turn on the DC-DC converter, powering up the respective card. The line card MBus module waits to power on the line card until it receives a command from the master RP.

Device discoveryThe RP can determine the system configuration using the MBus. A message is sent from the RP over the MBus requesting all installed devices to identify themselves. The response back provides slot number, card and component type. Code downloadA portion of the line card operating software can be downloaded from the RP to the line card over the MBus. Because the MBus is relatively slow compared to the CSF, only enough code is downloaded to the line card for it to access the CSF and complete the download process. DiagnosticsThe diagnostic software image is downloaded from the RP to the card under test. Environmental Monitoring and AlarmsThe MBus module on each component monitors that components environment as follows:
Line cards and the RP are monitored for temperature by two temperature

sensors mounted on each card. The MBus module makes voltage adjustments through software for the +2.5, +3.3, and +5 VDC DC-DC converters.
The CSF is monitored for temperature by two temperature sensors

mounted on each card. The MBus module makes voltage adjustments through software for the +2.5, +3.3, and +5 VDC DC-DC converters.
Environmental monitoring includes voltage monitoring, temperature

monitoring, fan tray assembly and rotational sensing for each fan in the fan tray.
Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

A-29

Appendix A Maintenance Bus

Technical Specifications

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

A-30

OL-11636-01

INDEX

Numerics
100BASE-T maximum cable lengths 3-28 specifications 3-27 transmission recommendations 3-27

line card 4-25 using for troubleshooting 4-15 antistatic bag 5-37 asynchronous serial ports 1-11, A-11 Asynchronous Transfer Mode 3-64 ATM See Asynchronous Transfer Mode attaching cables auxiliary and console port 3-14, 3-17

A
AC power cords 2-23 AC power cord 1-26, A-23 AC-power entry module description 1-25, A-22, A-23 AC-power entry modules 4-18 Air Filter description and recommendations A-27 air filter removing for cleaning 5-23 air filters location 1-29 air flow cleaning filter 5-24 description 1-28 alphanumeric LED displays at startup 3-47

B
banner, system 3-48 before you startup System Startup 3-40 Bit 4-11 boot bootflash command 3-51 boot command 3-51, 4-4, 4-8 boot file from network 4-11 booting system for first time 3-49 bootload failure, system response 4-11 boot process 4-16 boot slot0 (or slot1) command 3-51 boot system command 4-2, 4-8

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

IN-1

Index

boot system flash command 3-76, 3-81, 4-5 Both 3-13 Break key (interrupt) 4-10

using boot flash command 3-51 cautions captive screws 3-42 cd command 3-74 center-mount brackets installing brackets on rack (optional) 3-6 chassis installing in a rack 3-6 installing replacement in rack 5-47 removing 5-39, 5-46 Check 4-27 checking LED indications at startup 4-16, 4-18 power supplies 4-19, 4-20, 4-21 shipping container contents 2-27 system configuration 3-68 Cisco 12404 Internet Router repacking A-30 Cisco IOS 1-8 clearances, air circulation A-26 codes electrical 2-4 commands associated with Flash memory use 3-74 boot 3-51, 4-4, 4-8 boot bootflash 3-51 boot slot0 (or slot1) 3-51 boot system 4-2, 4-8 boot system flash 3-77, 3-81, 4-5 boot system flash filename 3-76

C
cable-management system recommendations 2-19 cables 100BASE-T maximum lengths 3-28 AC power 2-22 attaching to console and auxiliary port 3-14, 3-16 to console and auxiliary ports 3-16 to Ethernet port 3-23, 3-26 safety guidelines 2-16, 2-17 ungrounded and uninsulated 2-17 captive screw (caution) 5-33 captive screws 3-42 card handling ESD protection (caution) 5-31 cautions captive screws 5-33 configuration register value 4-2 damage to EMI-preventive gaskets 5-32, 5-43 Flash memory card insertion 3-71 formatting erases Flash memory card data 3-87 handling cards 5-31

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

IN-2

OL-11636-01

Index

cd 3-74 config-register 3-73, 3-77, 4-6, 4-7, 4-8, 4-12, 4-14 configure 3-65 configure terminal 4-6, 4-8, 4-14 copy 3-81 copy running-config startup-config 3-67 delete 3-75 dir 3-74 enable 4-6, 4-13 EXEC command interpreter 3-54 format 3-72, 3-87 initialize 4-13 pwd 3-74 reload 4-7 setup 3-57 show environment 4-19, 4-20 show environment all 4-27 show environment table 4-27 show running-config 3-66 show startup-config 3-68, 4-11, 4-14 show version 3-65, 4-7, 4-11 squeeze 3-75, 3-76 config-register command 3-73, 3-77, 4-6, 4-7, 4-8,
4-12, 4-14

changing settings 4-6, 4-7 configuration 4-2 values (caution) 4-2 samples 3-60, 3-65 configure command 3-65 configure terminal command 4-6, 4-8, 4-14 configuring global parameters 3-60 interfaces 3-62, 3-64 Configuring the Router 3-52 connecting AC-power 3-29 connector auxiliary port 3-18 console port 3-18 console port description 1-11, 1-17, A-11, A-18 pinouts 3-18 cooling subsystem environmental shutdown 4-27 troubleshooting 4-26 Cooling System 4-15 copy command (Flash memory card) 3-81 copy running-config startup-config command 3-67 CSF to the factory 5-37

configuration file, saving 3-67 interfaces 3-62, 3-64 register bit meanings 4-8, 4-11 boot field 4-8

D
DC-DC Power Converters 4-15
Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

OL-11636-01

IN-3

Index

DC-power entry module electrical codes 2-4 delete command 3-75 delete filename 3-75 dir command 3-74 DRAM, RP description 1-8, 1-15, A-8, A-14

performed by MBus 1-33 ESD-preventive container 5-37 Ethernet port configuration using setup facility 3-62 description A-12, A-19 examples cd command 3-74 config-register command 3-73 configuration Flash memory 3-70, 3-87 interface 3-62, 3-64 configuring global parameters 3-60 copying configuration files to NVRAM 3-86 images between Flash memory cards 3-80 delete command 3-75 dir command 3-74 formatting a Flash memory card 3-72 squeeze command 3-75, 3-76 EXEC command interpreter 3-54 Exhaust from other equipment 1-27

E
EDO DRAM 1-8 ejector levers 5-38 electrical codes 2-4 electrical codes 2-4 electromagnetic interference See EMI electromagnetic pulse See EMP prevention electronics compliance 1-3 EMI EMI-preventive gasket damage (caution) 5-32, 5-43 prevention 2-23 EMP prevention 2-24 enable command 4-6, 4-13 environmental monitoring performed by MBus A-29 environmental monitoring

F
Fan tray controller card A-27 fan tray description A-25 Fast Ethernet specifications 3-27

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

IN-4

OL-11636-01

Index

filenames, for booting over the network 4-8 Flash memory additional commands 3-74 card formatting erases Flash memory card data (caution) 3-87 insertion (caution) 3-71 installing and removing 3-71 related procedures 3-70, 3-87 slot description A-10, A-17 copy command 3-81 copying between cards 3-80 copying bootable images between 3-80 copying files 3-79 formatting a new Flash memory card 3-72 RP A-10, A-16 using 3-70, 3-87 form 4-4 format command 3-72, 3-87

I
IEEE 802.3u specifications 3-28 initialize command 4-13 installing AC-power entry module 3-30 center-mount brackets (optional) 3-6 chassis 3-6 replacement chassis 5-47 tools required 2-2, 2-28 unpacking the router 2-28 unpacking the system A-31 interface cables connections 3-18 configuration 3-62, 3-64 parameters, configuring 3-62 internal 4-17 interrupting system with Break key 4-10

G
global parameters, configuring 3-60 GRP DRAM configurations 1-8, 1-15, A-9, A-15

L
lasers laser safety 2-13 LEDs alphanumeric displays at startup 3-47 line cards 3-46 PRP A-17

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

IN-5

Index

troubleshooting power supplies 4-18, 4-20 lightning storm, safety during 2-17 line card alphanumeric display 4-24 diagnostics 4-24 removing from line card and RP card cage 5-31 troubleshooting 4-24 Line card slots slot 0 (zero) through 5 1-19 locked blocks, recovering from 3-87

N
nonvolatile random-access memory See NVRAM NVRAM description A-8, A-14 RP A-10, A-16 saving settings 3-67, 3-68 using with Flash memory 3-83, 3-86

O M
maintenance bus 1-31 MBus description A-28 using for troubleshooting 4-16, 4-18 MBus module 4-16 MDI RJ-45 receptacle 3-23, 3-26 memory devices, RP A-8, A-13 MII cable specifications 3-28 description A-12 MII Ethernet Receptacle description 1-12 Observing initial conditions 3-42 outer dimensions 2-19

P
passwords recovering 4-14 PCMCIA A-9, A-14 description, slot A-10, A-17 formatting a new Flash memory card 3-72 See also Flash memory Personal Computer Memory Card International Association See PCMCIA pinouts console port 3-13, 3-18 Ethernet MII 3-21, 3-22 plant wiring 2-24

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

IN-6

OL-11636-01

Index

POST power-on self-test 4-21 power recommendations and requirements 2-22 ungrounded 2-17 power cables AC power cords A-5 power cords AC power cords A-5 Powering 5-5 Powering Down the DC Powered Router 5-5 Power On the Router 3-31, 3-36 privileged mode 3-55 procedures attaching 1FE cables 1-19, 3-24, A-19 attaching cables auxiliary and console port 3-14, 3-17 RP 3-23 Flash memory copying files to 3-77 enabling booting from 3-76 formatting a PCMCIA Flash memory card 3-72, 3-73 installing Flash memory card 3-71 making images bootable 3-73 using 3-70, 3-87 interfaces, configuring 3-62, 3-65 recovering from a lost password 4-11, 4-14 replacing

chassis 5-39 line card 5-30 RP or line card 5-28 system configuration, basic 3-68 processor subsystem, troubleshooting 4-21 Processor Subsystem 4-15 PRP LEDs A-17 pwd command 3-74

R
rack-mounting frame 3-6 guidelines 2-18 ventilation 3-3 Rack-Mounting Bracket 3-4 radio frequency interference 2-24 recovering a lost password 4-11 recovering password 4-14 reload command 4-7 removing air filter 5-23 chassis 5-39 replacing chassis air filters 5-22 line cards 5-28

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide OL-11636-01

IN-7

Index

RJ-45 1FE cable specifications 3-27 cable specifications 3-27, 3-28 connector description 1-12 description A-12 Port and MII receptacles on the RP 1-13 Route Processor, See RP RP alphanumeric LED displays 3-43 Cisco IOS software images A-9 Flash memory descriptions A-10, A-16 installing interface cables 3-14 LEDs 3-45, 3-46 partial front panel view, figure 3-45, 3-46 MII Ethernet Receptacle, figure 1-12 NVRAM A-10, A-16 PCMCIA slots 1-9, 1-16, A-10, A-17 SRAM 1-8, 1-15, A-10, A-15 RP and line cards Finger tighten 5-33

system ground, missing 2-17 sample configuration 3-60, 3-66 saving the configuration file 3-67 serial ports, asynchronous See auxiliary port setup command 3-57 shipping container contents, checking 2-27 show environment all command 4-27 show environment command 4-19, 4-20 show environment table command 4-27 show running-config command 3-66 show startup-config command 3-68, 4-11, 4-14 show version command 3-65, 4-7, 4-11 site requirements rack mounting 2-17, 2-19 supplemental earth ground connection 3-10 system grounding 2-23 software configuration register 3-41 functions 4-2 specifications dimensions A-4 Fast Ethernet (100BASE-T) 3-27 IEEE 802.3u 3-28 physical A-4 squeeze command 3-75, 3-76 SRAM description A-8, A-14 RP 1-8, 1-15, A-10, A-15 Starting the Router 3-42

S
safety extra-low voltage requirements 2-4 lifting 2-13

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

IN-8

OL-11636-01

Index

startup, system 3-42 Startup Problems 4-16 switch fabric card removing 5-44 description 1-24, A-21 switch fabric circuitry
1-1

T
telephone jacks 2-17 The 1-6, A-25 transmission recommendations 100BASE-T 3-27 troubleshooting checking the blower modules 4-17 cooling subsystem 4-26 damaged power cord 4-19, 4-21 line card problems 4-24 power problems 4-16 processor subsystem 4-22 startup problems 4-16 Troubleshooting the Power Subsystem 4-18,
4-20

system banner 3-48 booting for first time 3-49 configuration, basic 3-68 configuration register configuration> 4-2 settings at startup 4-4 configuring global parameters 3-60, 3-64 grounding DC powered installations 2-25 description 2-23 interrupt (Break) 4-10 lifting safely 2-13 power guidelines 2-22 privileged mode, EXEC 3-55 startup 3-42 supplemental bond and ground connection description 3-10 System Startup 3-40

twisted-pair wiring 2-24

U
uninterruptible power source See UPS unpacking the router 2-28 UPS 1-26, 2-22, 3-29, 3-36, A-5 using boot flash command caution 3-51

W
wiring
Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

OL-11636-01

IN-9

Index

auxiliary and console port 3-14, 3-16 Ethernet port connections 3-21, 3-22, 3-23 plant wiring 2-23 telephone during storm 2-17

Cisco 12404 Internet Router Installation and Configuration Guide

IN-10

OL-11636-01

You might also like